V2X communication using multiple radio access technologies (multi-RAT)

文档序号:1472618 发布日期:2020-02-21 浏览:24次 中文

阅读说明:本技术 使用多个无线电接入技术(多rat)的v2x通信 (V2X communication using multiple radio access technologies (multi-RAT) ) 是由 斯蒂芬·费克特尔 基里安·罗斯 伯特伦·坤泽曼 马库斯·多米尼克·穆克 英格夫·卡尔斯 于 于 2018-06-28 设计创作,主要内容包括:本文描述了用于使用多个无线电接入技术(RAT)的V2X通信的系统、设备和技术。在设备处可接收与多个RAT中的一个或多个相关联的通信。设备可包括具有多个连接来与多个收发器链通信的收发器接口。多个收发器链可被配置为支持多个RAT。此外,可经由收发器接口的多个连接控制多个收发器链以协调多个RAT来完成通信。(Systems, devices, and techniques for V2X communication using multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) are described herein. Communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs may be received at the device. The device may include a transceiver interface having a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains. The plurality of transceiver chains may be configured to support multiple RATs. Further, multiple transceiver chains may be controlled via multiple connections of transceiver interfaces to coordinate multiple RATs to complete communications.)

1. A multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) device, the device comprising:

a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains, the plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs; and

a hardware processor configured to:

receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and is

The plurality of connections via the transceiver interface control the plurality of transceiver chains to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

2. The apparatus of claim 1, comprising:

a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs;

a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and is

Wherein the hardware processor, to complete the communication, is configured to:

decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and is

Determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

3. The device of claim 2, wherein the hardware processor is configured to:

designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with a carrier terminal device; and is

Modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences in response to a change in network environment.

4. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the change in network environment is a change in mobility environment of the vehicle terminal apparatus.

5. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the designation of the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT is based on one or more network configurations.

6. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs, the plurality of RATs comprising:

dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology;

wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology;

bluetooth radio access technology;

IEEE 802.11 radio access technology;

LTE radio access technology; or

5G radio access technology.

7. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the second transceiver is configured to communicate with the node via a communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

8. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein preferences include specifications for one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

9. The apparatus of claim 3, wherein the change in the network environment comprises a change in a network load factor.

10. A method for multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) communication for a device, the device comprising a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains, the plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs, the method comprising:

receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and is

The plurality of connections via the transceiver interface control the plurality of transceiver chains to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

11. The method of claim 10, wherein the device comprises:

a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs;

a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and is

Wherein completing the communication comprises:

decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and is

Determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

12. The method of claim 11, comprising:

designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with a carrier terminal device; and is

Modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences in response to a change in network environment.

13. The method of claim 12, wherein the change in network environment is a change in mobility environment of the vehicle terminal device.

14. The method of claim 12, wherein designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT is based on one or more network configurations.

15. The method of claim 12, wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs comprising:

dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology;

wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology;

bluetooth radio access technology;

IEEE 802.11 radio access technology;

LTE radio access technology; or

5G radio access technology.

16. The method of claim 12, wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node via a communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

17. The method of claim 12, wherein preferences include specifications for one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

18. The method of claim 12, wherein the change in the network environment comprises a change in a network load factor.

19. An apparatus for multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) communication, the apparatus comprising a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains that support a plurality of RATs, the apparatus further comprising:

means for receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and

means for controlling the plurality of transceiver chains via the plurality of connections of the transceiver interface to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

20. The apparatus of claim 19, wherein the apparatus comprises:

a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs;

a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and is

Wherein to complete the communication, the apparatus further comprises:

means for decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and

means for determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

21. The apparatus of claim 20, further comprising:

means for designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with a carrier terminal device; and

means for modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences in response to a change in network environment.

22. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the change in network environment is a change in mobility environment of the vehicle terminal device.

23. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the designation of the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT is based on one or more network configurations.

24. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs comprising:

dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology;

wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology;

bluetooth radio access technology;

IEEE 802.11 radio access technology;

LTE radio access technology; or

5G radio access technology.

25. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node via a communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

26. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein preferences include specifications for one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

27. The apparatus of claim 21, wherein the change in the network environment comprises a change in a network load factor.

Technical Field

Aspects relate to a Radio Access Network (RAN). Some aspects relate to vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communications in various Radio Access Technologies (RATs), including cellular and Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs), including Third Generation Partnership project long Term Evolution (3 GPP LTE) networks and LTE advanced (LTE advanced, LTE-a) networks, as well as 4 th Generation (4G) networks and 5 th Generation (5G) networks. Some aspects relate to multi-RAT, multi-link V2X communications. Some aspects relate to V2X multiradio convergence (convergence).

Background

The use of 3GPP LTE systems, including both LTE and LTE-a systems, has increased due to the increased amount of data and bandwidth used by the types of devices that use network resources, such as User Equipment (UE), and by various applications, such as video streaming, operating on these UEs. For example, the growth in network usage of internet of things (IoT) UEs that include Machine Type Communication (MTC) devices such as sensors and that can communicate using machine-to-machine (M2M) and rapidly evolving V2X communications has severely consumed network resources and increased communication complexity. V2X communications from a variety of different applications of User Equipment (UE) are intended to cooperate with various technologies and between vehicles that may be moving rapidly.

Connected cars are becoming an important part of the connected life of users. V2X enabled by connectivity in the car, between vehicles and infrastructure and sensors and "things" around the car has become more desirable in autonomous driving and IoT imminent situations. At the same time, the strict requirements for V2X applications and seamless connectivity to comply with autonomous driving and moving around within automotive and IoT applications remain challenging. Currently, various Wireless technologies, including IEEE802.11 p, Dedicated Short Range Communications (DSRC), Wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE), cellular, etc., attempt to address V2X network requirements.

Drawings

In the drawings, which are not necessarily drawn to scale, like numerals may describe similar components in different views. Like numerals having different letter suffixes may represent different instances of similar components. Aspects are illustrated by way of example, and not by way of limitation, in the figures that follow.

Fig. 1 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment using multi-RAT, multi-link connectivity, in accordance with aspects described herein.

Fig. 2 illustrates an exemplary depiction of a communication network in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 3 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment using multi-RAT, multi-link connectivity, in accordance with aspects described herein.

Fig. 4 illustrates an exemplary method of tracking link quality in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 5 illustrates an exemplary methodology for identifying and improving a high priority multi-radio communication link in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 6 illustrates an exemplary method for wireless communication in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 7 illustrates an exemplary methodology of specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 8 illustrates an exemplary methodology of specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 9 illustrates an exemplary methodology of specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 10 illustrates an exemplary methodology of specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 11 illustrates an exemplary internal configuration of a carrier terminal apparatus in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 12 illustrates an exemplary placement of multiple communication systems and radar system links, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 13, 14, and 15 illustrate different exemplary configurations of a front end and an antenna system, according to some aspects described herein.

Fig. 16 illustrates an exemplary internal configuration of a radio communication system of the carrier terminal device of fig. 11, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 17 illustrates an exemplary transceiver using multiple radio communication technologies in the carrier terminal apparatus of fig. 16, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 18, 19, and 20 illustrate exemplary encoding techniques that may be performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 21 illustrates exemplary multi-link encoding performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17 at various levels within a 3GPP protocol stack, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 22 illustrates exemplary multi-link decoding performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17 at various levels within a 3GPP protocol stack, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 23 illustrates various inputs to the multi-link encoder of fig. 17, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 24 and 25 illustrate an exemplary method for multilink coding within a V2X communication environment, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 26 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity for V2I/V2N links according to a 3GPP carrier aggregation and dual connectivity based framework, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 27 illustrates an exemplary communication flow within the V2X communication environment of fig. 26, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 28 illustrates an exemplary method for communication within the V2X environment of fig. 26, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 29 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multilink connectivity based on V2N/V2I assisted V2V communication, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 30 illustrates an exemplary communication flow within the V2X communication environment of fig. 29, in accordance with aspects described herein.

Fig. 31 illustrates an exemplary method for communication within the V2X environment of fig. 29, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 32 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity based on V2V assisted V2I/V2N links, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 33 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-hop V2X links using V2I/V2N and V2V communication links, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 34 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-link V2V communication, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 35 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-link mesh backhaul in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 36 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) intermediary-based multi-link connectivity, according to some aspects described herein.

Fig. 37 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity enabled via Mobile Edge Computing (MEC) in accordance with aspects described herein.

Fig. 38 illustrates an exemplary communication flow for communications associated with radio resource management for multi-link connectivity within a V2X communication environment, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 39 illustrates an exemplary graph of utility functions (utilityfunctions) for network traffic having different quality of service requirements within a V2X communication environment, in accordance with aspects described herein.

Fig. 40 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device using separate V2X convergence functions, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 41 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device using a common V2X convergence layer, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 42 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radios for a handset and a carrier terminal device in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 43 illustrates a flow chart of example operations for convergence of communication radios for a handheld device and a carrier terminal device, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 44 illustrates an exemplary Software Defined Networking (SDN) V2X controller in a vehicle end device using a V2X convergence layer, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 45 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device using a common V2X convergence function and proximity-based service (ProSe) in an LTE protocol stack, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 46 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radio switching networks and measurement information for a vehicle terminal device and a roadside unit (RSU), in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 47 illustrates a flowchart of example operations for adjusting channel access parameters based on convergence of communication radios of a vehicle terminal device and an RSU, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 48 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radios of a vehicle terminal device and an RSU to exchange credential information, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 49 illustrates a flowchart of example operations for converged device authentication of a vehicle terminal device and an RSU-based communication radio, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 50 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radio enabled positioning (localization) enhancements within a single device, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 51 illustrates a flow diagram of example operations for performing positioning enhancement based on convergence of communication radios of a single device, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 52 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radio enabled transmission schedules within a single device in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 53 illustrates a flowchart of example operations for performing transmission scheduling based on convergence of communication radios of a single device, in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Fig. 54 is an exemplary block diagram illustrating an example of a machine on which one or more aspects may be implemented in accordance with some aspects described herein.

Detailed Description

Aspects relate to systems, devices, methods, computer-readable media, apparatuses, and assemblies for multi-RAT V2X communication. In some aspects, various access technologies may be utilized and co-exist within a single communication device (e.g., a vehicular terminal device or another device used in V2X communication), again multi-radio is a specification and has been contemplated for other communication devices. For example, some radio stations may collect information from sensors, some radio stations may provide connectivity to users, while other radio stations may communicate with infrastructure/Road Side Units (RSUs) and other vehicle end devices (or cars) for automated driving, and so forth.

The following description and the annexed drawings set forth in detail certain illustrative aspects to enable those skilled in the art to practice them. Other aspects may incorporate structural, logical, electrical, process, and other changes. Portions and features of some aspects may be included in or substituted for those of others and are intended to cover all available equivalents of the elements described.

The word "exemplary" is used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance, or illustration. Any aspect or design described herein as "exemplary" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other aspects or designs.

The words "plurality" and "plurality" in the specification or claims expressly refer to a number greater than one. The terms "(group(s)", "(set(s)", "(series(s)", "(sequence(s)", "(group(s)") and the like in the description or in the claims refer to a number, i.e. one or more, equal to or larger than one. Any term expressed in majority form without explicitly stating "plurality" or "multiple" also refers to a quantity equal to or greater than one. The terms "proper subset", "reduced subset" and "smaller subset" refer to a subset of a set that is not equal to the set, i.e., a subset of a set that contains fewer elements than the set.

It is to be understood that any vector or matrix notation utilized herein is exemplary in nature and is used for illustration only. Thus, it is to be understood that the approaches detailed in this disclosure are not limited to implementation with only vectors or matrices, and that the associated processes and computations may be performed equally for sets, sequences, groups, etc. of data, observations, information, signals, samples, symbols, elements, etc. Further, it is to be appreciated that reference to a "vector" can refer to a vector of any size or orientation, including, for example, a 1x1 vector (e.g., a scalar), a 1xM vector (e.g., a row vector), and an Mx1 vector (e.g., a column vector). Similarly, it is to be appreciated that reference to a "matrix" may refer to a matrix of any size or orientation, including, for example, a 1x1 matrix (e.g., a scalar), a 1xM matrix (e.g., a row vector), and an Mx1 matrix (e.g., a column vector).

As used herein, the term "software" includes any type of executable instruction or set of instructions, including embedded data in software. Software may also encompass firmware. The software may create, delete, or modify the software, such as through a machine learning process.

As used herein, "module" is understood to include any kind of entity that implements functionality, which may include hardware-defined modules such as dedicated hardware, software-defined modules such as a processor executing software or firmware, and hybrid modules including both hardware-defined and software-defined components. A module may thus be an analog Circuit or component, a Digital Circuit, a mixed Signal Circuit or component, a logic Circuit, a Processor, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), an application Processor, a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), a Digital Signal Processor (DSP), a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), an Integrated Circuit, a discrete Circuit, an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), etc., or any combination of these. Any other kind of implementation of the respective functions, which will be described in more detail below, may also be understood as a "module". It is to be understood that any two (or more) of the modules detailed herein may be implemented as a single module having substantially equivalent functionality, and conversely, any single module detailed herein may be implemented as two (or more) separate modules having substantially equivalent functionality. Further, reference to "a module" may refer to two or more modules collectively forming a single module.

The term "terminal device" as utilized herein includes user side devices (mobile and non-mobile) that may be connected to a core network and various external networks via a radio access network. The term "network access node" as utilized herein includes a network-side device that provides a radio access network with which terminal devices may connect and exchange information with other networks through the network access node.

The term "base station" used when referring to an access node of a mobile communication network may be understood to include macro base stations (e.g. for cellular communication), micro/pico/femto base stations, node bs, evolved node bs (base stations), home base stations, Remote Radio Heads (RRHs), relay points, access points (APs, e.g. for Wi-Fi, WLAN, WiGig, millimeter wave (mmWave), etc.), and the like. As used herein, a "cell" in a telecommunications setting can be understood to include an area (e.g., public space) or space (e.g., multi-story building or airspace) served by a base station or access point. The base station may be mobile, e.g. mounted in a vehicle, and the area or space covered may be moved accordingly. Thus, a cell may be covered by a set of co-located (collocated) transmit and receive antennas, each antenna also being capable of covering and serving a particular sector of the cell. A base station or access point may serve one or more cells, with each cell characterized by a different communication channel or standard (e.g., a base station providing 2G, 3G, and LTE services). Macro cells, micro cells, femto cells, pico cells may have different cell sizes and ranges, and may be static or dynamic (e.g., cells installed in drones or balloons) or dynamically change their characteristics (e.g., from macro cells to pico cells, from static deployment to dynamic deployment, from omni-directional to directional, from broadcast to narrowcast). The communication channel may comprise a narrowband or a wideband. The communication channel may also use carrier aggregation across radio communication technologies and standards, or flexibly adapt the bandwidth to the communication needs. Further, the terminal device may comprise or act as a base station or access point or relay or other network access node.

For the purposes of this disclosure, a radio communication technology may be classified as one of a short-range radio communication technology or a cellular wide-area radio communication technology, for example. Short range radio communication technologies include bluetooth, WLAN (e.g., according to any IEEE802.11 standard), and other similar radio communication technologies. The cellular wide area Radio communication technology may include Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Code division multiple Access 2000 (CDMA 2000), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Long Term Evolution (LTE), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Evolution-Data optimized (EV-DO)), Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution, EDGE), High Speed Packet Access (High Speed Packet Access, HSPA), including High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA), High Speed uplink Packet Access (HSDPA), Enhanced uplink Packet Access (HSUPA +), WiMax) (e.g., in accordance with IEEE 802.16 radio communication standards such as fixed WiMax or mobile WiMax), and the like, as well as other similar radio communication technologies. Cellular wide area radio communication technology also includes "small cells" of such technology, such as microcells, femtocells and picocells. Cellular wide area radio communication technologies may be referred to generally herein as "cellular" communication technologies. It is to be understood that the exemplary scenarios detailed herein are illustrative and, thus, may be similarly applied to various other mobile communication technologies, whether existing or yet-to-be-formulated, particularly where such mobile communication technologies share similar features with the disclosure regarding the following examples. Further, as used herein, the term GSM refers to both circuit switched GSM and packet switched GSM, including GPRS, EDGE, and any other related GSM technologies. Similarly, the term UMTS refers to both circuit switched GSM and packet switched GSM, i.e., including HSPA, HSDPA/HSUPA, HSDPA +/HSUPA +, and any other relevant UMTS technology.

The term "network" as utilized herein, for example when referring to a communication network (e.g., a mobile communication network), encompasses both an access segment of the network (e.g., a Radio Access Network (RAN) segment) and a core segment of the network (e.g., a core network segment), but also encompasses, for an end-to-end system, movement (including peer-to-peer, device-to-device, or machine-to-machine communication), access, backhaul, server, backbone, and gateway/switch elements to other networks of the same or different types. The term "radio idle mode" or "radio idle state" as used herein in reference to a mobile terminal refers to a radio control state as follows: in this state, the mobile terminal is not assigned at least one dedicated communication channel of the mobile communication network. The term "radio connected mode" or "radio connected state" used when referring to a mobile terminal refers to a radio control state as follows: in this state, the mobile terminal is assigned at least one dedicated uplink communication channel of the mobile communication network. The uplink communication channel may be a physical channel or a virtual channel. The idle or connected mode may be connection switched or packet switched.

Unless explicitly indicated otherwise, the term "send" encompasses both direct (point-to-point) and indirect (via one or more intermediate points or nodes). Similarly, the term "receive" encompasses both direct and indirect reception. Moreover, the terms "transmit," "receive," "communicate," and other similar terms encompass physical transmission (e.g., transmission of radio signals) and logical transmission (e.g., transmission of logical data through a software-level connection). For example, one processor may transmit or receive data in the form of radio signals with another processor, where physical transmission and reception is handled by radio layer components such as an RF transceiver and antenna, and logical transmission and reception is performed by the processor. The term "communication" encompasses one or both of sending and receiving, i.e., one-way or two-way communication in one or both of the incoming and outgoing directions. The term "calculation" encompasses both "direct" calculations via mathematical expressions/formulas/relationships, and "indirect" calculations via lookup or hash tables and other array indexing or search operations.

Several different vehicle radio communication technologies, including short-range radio communication technologies (e.g., dedicated short-range communication (DSRC)), cellular wide area radio communication technologies (e.g., Long Term Evolution (LTE) vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and vehicle-to-everything (V2X)), and cellular narrowband radio communication technologies, may be used for communication with and between vehicle terminal devices. These vehicle radio communication technologies are directed both to autonomous driving use cases and to delivering standard mobile communication data, such as voice calls, text messages and internet and application data, to connected vehicles

Short-range Radio communication technologies may include, for example, DSRC technology, bluetooth Radio communication technology, Ultra Wide Band (UWB) Radio communication technology, wireless local Area Network Radio communication technology (e.g., according to IEEE802.11 (e.g., IEEE802.11 n) Radio communication standards), IrDA (Infrared Data Association), Z-Wave and ZigBee, High LAN/2 (High Performance Radio LAN; an alternative ATM-like 5Hz standardization technology), IEEE802.11a (5GHz), IEEE802.11 g (2.4GHz), IEEE802.11 n, IEEE802.11 VHT (VHT ═ VeryHigh Throughput), IEEE 2.11ac for VHTs below 6GHz and IEEE802.1 ad for VHTs at 60GHz, microwave access to internet microwave for example (world wide access for Radio access, WiMax) communications (e.g., according to IEEE 802.16 max fixed or pro Radio standards), IEEE 802.16 max (Radio access for mobile Radio access, high performance radio metropolitan area network), IEEE 802.16m advanced air interface, WiGig (e.g., according to any IEEE802.11 standard), millimeter wave and other similar radio communication technologies, and the like.

Short-range radio communication technologies may for example comprise the following characteristics: the technique may be based on Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA); the technique may be contention-based, e.g., a full load channel is generally not possible; this technique can be quite inexpensive; there is no need for a communication network provider for the spectrum; for example for DSRC: additional 802.11 systems can be implemented in most communication devices, such as vehicles; the techniques may be used to form an ad hoc network in which there is no fixed communication infrastructure; the techniques may provide high data rates; this technique may not provide redundant frequency bands in some cases; this technique may have latency issues in some cases, as latency may be unpredictable; and this technique may not have a central scheduler in some cases.

DSRC is built on the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11p physical and media Access control layer, while LTE V2V/V2X is developed over the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3 GPP) LTE standard. While DSRC and LTE V2V/V2X may both be used for future 5G and autonomous driving use, these vehicular radio communication technologies exhibit certain differences, particularly in terms of schemes for spectrum access management. Similar to its underlying IEEE802.11 p origin, DSRC generally uses a contention-based channel access scheme in which a carrier terminal device and a supporting network access node, known as a roadside unit (RSU), contend for access to a shared channel in a distributed manner. In contrast, and similar to current LTE channel access, LTE V2V/V2X generally uses deterministic scheduling, where a centralized control entity selectively assigns radio resources for transmissions (although V2X includes two resource allocation patterns, a first pattern where an evolved node B (base station) assigns all resources to all UEs, and a second pattern where the base station defines resource blocks for which UEs use contention to acquire a particular radio resource).

The Cellular wide area radio communication technology may include, for example, Global System for mobile Communications (GSM) radio communication technology, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) radio communication technology, Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE) radio communication technology, or Third generation partnership Project (3 GPP) radio communication technology (e.g., UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), FOMA (free multimedia Access), 3GPP LTE (Long term Evolution), 3GPP LTE Advanced (Long term Evolution Advanced, Code division Advanced, CDMA2000 (Code division multiple Access), CDMA2000 (Code division multiple Access, Cellular 2000), CDMA2000 (Code division multiple Access, Cellular) Data (CDPD, CDMA2000, CDMA Data, GSM) radio communication technology, CSD (Circuit Switched Data), HSCSD (High-Speed Circuit Switched Data), UMTS (3G) (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (Third Generation)), W-CDMA (UMTS) (wireless Code Division Multiple Access (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)), HSPA (High Speed Packet Access ), HSDPA (High Speed Downlink Packet Access, High Speed Downlink Packet Access), HSUPA (High Speed-Speed Uplink Packet Access, High Speed Uplink Packet Access), HSPA (High Speed Packet Access, High Speed Downlink Packet Access, UMTS-enhanced Mobile Telecommunications System (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, Time Division Multiple Access, TDD-Duplex System), time Division-Code Division Multiple Access), TD-CDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), 3GPP rel.8(Pre-4G) (3rd Generation partnership project version 8 (Pre-4)), UTRA (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access ), E-UTRA (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access), LTE Advanced (4G) (long term Evolution Advanced (4 th Generation)), CDMA one (2G), CDMA2000(3G) (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 (third Generation)), EV-DO (Evolution-Data Optimized or Evolution-Data Only), AMPS (1G) (Advanced Mobile telephony System (1) Mobile telephony System (1 th), Advanced Mobile telephony System (Advanced telephony/Access/Communication System (Communication System/Communication System)), full access communication System/extended full access communication System), D-AMPS (2G) (Digital AMPS (generation 2)), PTT (Push-to-talk), MTS (Mobile Telephone System), IMTS (advanced Mobile Telephone System), AMTS (advanced Mobile Telephone System), OLT (norwegian, office landmobile Telephone), MTD (swedish abbreviation of Mobile Telephone System D, or Mobile Telephone System D), auto/PALM (Public Automated Land Mobile), ARP (finnish, toradadpublin, "car radio Telephone"), NMT (Digital Cellular, Cellular Telephone), japanese high-volume Packet Data (cdp), japanese Digital Cellular Telephone and japanese Packet Data (cdp), mobitex, DataTAC, iDEN (Integrated Digital Enhanced Network), PDC (Personal Digital cellular), CSD (Circuit Switched Data), PHS (Personal portable telephone System), WiDEN (wireless Integrated Digital Enhanced Network), iBurst, and unlicensed mobile Access (unlicensed mobile Access, UMA, also known as 3GPP general Access Network, or GAN standard), and LTE-a (long term evolution advanced), LTE V2V, LTE V2X, 5G (e.g., millimeter wave (wave), 3GPP New Radio (New Radio, NR)), next generation cellular standards, such as 6G, and other similar Radio communication technologies. Cellular wide area radio communication technology also includes "small cells" of such technology, such as microcells, femtocells and picocells. Cellular wide area radio communication technologies may be referred to generally herein as "cellular" communication technologies. Further, as used herein, the term GSM refers to both circuit switched GSM and packet switched GSM, including, for example, GPRS, EDGE, and any other relevant GSM technologies. Similarly, the term UMTS refers to both circuit switched GSM and packet switched GSM, including, for example, HSPA, HSDPA/HSUPA, HSDPA +/HSUPA +, and any other relevant UMTS technology. Additional communication technologies include Line of sight (LiFi) communication technologies. It is to be understood that the exemplary scenarios detailed herein are illustrative and, thus, may be similarly applied to various other mobile communication technologies, whether existing or yet-to-be-formulated, particularly where such mobile communication technologies share similar features with the disclosure regarding the following examples.

A cellular wide area radio communication technology may for example have the following characteristics: is adaptable to and easily integrated in a 5G communication system; the techniques may provide an evolution path (i.e., the techniques may be further developed); the technique may provide redundant frequency bands (which may be independent of the frequency bands used); the technique can provide predictable and high Quality of service (QoS); this technique can provide good delay characteristics; the techniques may provide central congestion control; the techniques may provide controllable QoS; and the techniques may provide repurposed allocation of radio resources.

The narrowband radio communication technologies may include narrowband Internet-of-things (NB-IoT), such as CatNB1 or LTE MTC (machine type communication, commonly referred to as CatM1), legacy Cat0, narrowband IoT (NB-IoT), commonly referred to as CatNB1, and so on. The narrowband radio communication technology may for example have the following characteristics: the techniques may provide coverage enhancement; this technology currently can only provide limited voice support; this technique can provide a fairly low data rate (only about 500 bits/sec); the technology may provide a low power radio communication technology and thus a low power radio communication device; the techniques may be inserted into a spectrum gap (if available and known), a separate search for a spectrum gap may be provided, a beacon may be sent to other communication devices to indicate usage; the technology can provide direct communication between a communication device implementing a narrowband radio communication technology and a satellite; and the technology can provide a 3.4GHz band.

Due to the simultaneous development of multiple vehicular radio communication technologies, coexistence can play an important role once deployed extensively. Thus, vehicle terminal devices operating with DSRC may coexist with vehicle terminal devices operating with LTE V2V/V2X, and vice versa. Potential introduction and deployment of other vehicular radio communication technologies may also be considered for coexistence in the future. However, since DSRC and LTE V2V/V2X may be developed separately and use separate support architectures, a centralized coexistence scheme may be difficult to develop without substantial coordination and integration between competing technologies.

According to exemplary aspects, close cooperation and coordination between different radio stations and access technologies (within the same vehicle, between vehicles, and between vehicles and infrastructure elements) may be used to provide desired connectivity and performance. In some aspects, cooperation and convergence of radio stations in one physical V2X device may be used to enable multi-device connectivity within a V2X communication environment. For example, two devices supporting the same radio (e.g., the same communication technology) may communicate and achieve overall better performance than when each radio operates independently. The device may be, for example, a user's handheld device, a vehicle, or an infrastructure. In some aspects, the radios may or may not be integrated. In instances where the radio is not integrated within, for example, a carrier, the radio transceivers may be located in different portions of the carrier, but connected via a high speed connection where the converging upper layer stack is located. In some aspects, the non-integrated scenario may include aggregating radio stations present on a user's device and radio stations implemented in a vehicle together creating a multi-radio device.

The presence of multiple radios on one device provides both opportunities and challenges. In one aspect, configuration and management of devices, including for example provisioning and boarding, becomes more challenging, especially in vehicular networks where the environment is dynamic. On the other hand, by introducing mechanisms to allow different integrated or co-located radios to be able to co-exist and cooperate, better overall performance may be achieved, leading to a better user experience. Furthermore, for vehicles using multi-radio communication, increased connectivity coverage is expected.

Providing next generation autonomous vehicle services poses challenging requirements for wireless networks that support such applications. More specifically, future V2X networks may support ultra-low latency and extremely high reliability while still operating at high data rates and high mobility. In some aspects, a Multi-Radio heterogeneous network (Multi-Radio Het-Net) that integrates multiple tiers of cells (e.g., macro, pico, femto, and endpoint devices) equipped with different radios operating on different RATs (Radio access technologies) may be used as the basic architecture for the next generation V2X network. While there are several examples of such deployments in 4G and upcoming 5G access networks (e.g., Technical Specification (TS) 36.300), deployment using Multi-radio access technology heterogeneous networks (Multi-RAT-Het-Net) for V2X applications is beginning to emerge as a viable technology as the cellular LTE/5G standard is being extended for V2X use cases in addition to incumbent DSRC (dedicated short range communications) systems.

Fig. 1 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment 100 using multi-RAT, multi-link connectivity, according to some aspects. Referring to fig. 1, a V2X communication environment 100 may include various V2X-enabled devices, such as vehicle terminal devices (e.g., vehicles) 108 and 110, roadside units (RSUs) 106, V2X-enabled base stations or evolved node bs (base stations) 104, and a V2X-enabled infrastructure 102. Each V2X enabled device within the V2X communication environment 100 may include a plurality of radios, where each radio may be configured to operate in one or more of a plurality of wired or wireless communication technologies, RATs. Example RATs include Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology, Wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology, bluetooth radio communication technology, IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, LTE radio communication technology, and 5G radio communication technology.

In some aspects, V2X deployments within the V2X communication environment 100 may improve V2X wireless connectivity using multiple RATs operating on different frequency bands (e.g., licensed, unlicensed, lightly licensed, and high frequency bands). Furthermore, the V2X communication infrastructure within the V2X communication environment 100 may be deployed with different levels of cells, including traditional macro cells, small cells deployed on RSUs (e.g., RSU 106), and allowing direct vehicle-to-vehicle communications (e.g., communications between vehicles 108 and 110 using multi-hops). In this regard, communications within the V2X communication environment 100 may include, for example, V2N (Vehicle-to-Network) communications, V2I (Vehicle-to-Infrastructure) communications, V2V (Vehicle-to-Vehicle) communications, and V2P (Vehicle-to-pedestrian) communications. In some aspects, multiple V2X communication links, such as communication link 112, may be utilized to improve connectivity performance of the V2X environment 100. The communication link 112 shown in fig. 1 is shown by way of example only, and other links may be used in a V2X communication environment. Each link 112 between any two or more V2X-enabled devices in fig. 1 may include multiple links using the same or different ones of the multiple available RATs.

In some aspects, the V2X communication environment 100 may utilize multi-radio, multi-link connectivity principles in V2X communication system designs that may meet V2X application goals in terms of improved reliability, lower latency, better capacity, higher data rates, lower power consumption, and lower outage times during handover. Further benefits of multi-radio, multi-link connectivity within the V2X environment 100 may include more reliable control links to manage multiple connectivity, as well as providing coordination for improving V2X connections, e.g., radio resource management, interference management, and so forth. In addition to the aspects discussed below, a convergence function or convergence layer may also be used as a common interface between multiple transceivers within a V2X-enabled device.

Fig. 2 illustrates an exemplary depiction of a communication network 200, in accordance with some aspects. As shown in fig. 2, the communication network 200 may be an end-to-end network spanning from the radio access network 202 to the backbone networks 232 and 242. The backbone networks 232 and 242 may be implemented primarily as wired networks. The network access nodes 220 to 226 may comprise radio access networks and may wirelessly transmit and receive data with the terminal devices 204 to 216 to provide radio access connections to the terminal devices 204 to 216. The terminal devices 204 to 216 may utilize the radio access connection provided by the radio access network 202 to exchange data with servers in the backbone networks 232 and 242 over the end-to-end communication connection. The radio access connections between the terminal devices 204 to 216 and the network access nodes 220 to 226 may be implemented according to one or more RATs, where each terminal device may send and receive data with the respective network access node according to the protocol of the particular RAT governing the radio access connection. In some aspects, one or more of terminal devices 204-216 may use licensed or unlicensed spectrum for radio access connections. In some aspects, one or more of the terminal devices 204-216 may communicate directly with each other according to any of a number of different device-to-device (D2D) communication protocols.

As shown in fig. 2, in some aspects, terminal devices, e.g., terminal devices 206-210, may rely on a forwarding link provided by terminal device 204, where terminal device 204 may act as a gateway or relay between terminal devices 206-210 and network access node 220. In some aspects, terminal devices 206-210 may be configured according to a mesh or multi-hop network and may communicate with terminal device 204 via one or more other terminal devices and utilizing one or more multi-link connections using one or more of multiple RATs (multi-RAT). The configuration of the terminal device (e.g., a mesh or multi-hop configuration) may be dynamically changed, for example, according to terminal or user requirements, current radio or network environment, availability or performance of applications and services, or cost of communication or access.

In some aspects, a terminal device, such as terminal device 216, may utilize relay node 218 to send or receive data with network access node 226, where relay node 218 may perform relay transfers between terminal device 216 and network access node 226, such as with a simple relay scheme or a more complex processing and forwarding scheme. The relay may also be implemented as a series of relays, or using opportunistic relays where the best or near-best relay or series of relays for a given time instant or time interval is used.

In some aspects, network access nodes, such as network access nodes 224 and 226, may interface with a core network 230, which core network 230 may provide routing, control, and management functions that govern both radio access connections and core network and backbone connections. As shown in fig. 2, the core network 230 may interface with the backbone network 242 and may perform network gateway functions to manage the transfer of data between the network access nodes 224 and 226 and the various servers of the backbone network 242. In some aspects, the network access nodes 224 and 226 may be directly connected to each other via a direct interface, which may be wired or wireless. In some aspects, a network access node, such as network access node 220, may interface directly with backbone network 232. In some aspects, a network access node, such as network access node 222, may interface with a backbone network 232 via a router 228.

The backbone networks 232 and 242 may include various internet and external servers among the servers 234 through 238 and 244 through 248. The terminal devices 204 to 216 may send and receive data with the servers 234 to 238 and 244 to 248 on logical software level connections that rely on the radio access network and other intermediate interfaces for lower layer transport. The end devices 204 to 216 may thus utilize the communication network 200 as a peer-to-peer network to send and receive data, which may include internet and application data, as well as other types of user plane data. In some aspects, the backbone networks 232 and 242 may interface via gateways 240 and 250, and the gateways 240 and 250 may be connected at a switching device 252.

Some of the terminal devices 204 to 216 may be mobile devices, such as smart phones, tablet PCs, and the like. The other end devices may be static devices such as devices integrated in a V2X communication environment. As an example, some terminal devices may be integrated in traffic lights or traffic signs or signposts, etc. Some terminal devices may be integrated in a carrier. As will be described in more detail below, some of the terminal devices 204-216 may be low power consuming devices, some of the terminal devices may provide minimal QoS, some may provide the ability to utilize multi-link communications over different RATs, and so on. An example communication scenario is illustrated in fig. 2, which shows an exemplary radio communication system 200 in a general V2X communication environment.

Fig. 3 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment 300 using multi-RAT, multi-link connectivity, in accordance with some aspects. More specifically, FIG. 3 illustrates exemplary segments of a plurality of roads 322, 324, and 326. Multiple vehicles, such as vehicles 328-340, may travel over roads 322-326 or stand on or beside roads 322-326. Terminal devices with various mobile radio capabilities may be integrated in carrier 328 and 340. The terminal device may be configured to support different RATs, e.g., one or more short-range radio communication technologies, or one or more cellular wide-area radio communication technologies, or one or more cellular narrowband radio communication technologies, as described herein. Additionally, infrastructure objects such as V2X enabled base stations or evolved node bs (base stations) 302, V2X enabled infrastructure 316, traffic lights 318, 320, roadside units (RSUs) 304, 314, guideposts, traffic signs, etc. may be provided and may be configured to support different RATs using multi-radio, multi-link connectivity as described herein.

Terminal devices with various mobile radio capabilities may be integrated into the traffic infrastructure object 302-320. These terminal devices may be configured to support different RATs, e.g., one or more short-range radio communication technologies, or one or more cellular wide-area radio communication technologies, or one or more cellular narrowband radio communication technologies, as described herein. Any number of base stations 240, 242 or wireless access points may also be provided as part of one or more different RATs, which may be of the same or different radio communications network providers.

More and more vehicles (e.g., vehicles 328-340) may connect to the internet and to each other. Furthermore, the carrier 328-340 may progress towards its higher automation, which leads to various requirements regarding the terminal devices, e.g. various requirements regarding power consumption, interoperability, coexistence, device access, synchronization of various terminal devices. To address increasingly complex road situations, according to some aspects, an automated vehicle may rely not only on its own sensors, but also on information detected or sent by other vehicles or infrastructure components. As a result, vehicles may cooperate with one another, and it may be desirable for information transmitted between various vehicles and infrastructure components to reliably reach their respective destinations within an extremely short time frame. In this regard, multi-radio, multi-link communications using one or more RATs may occur between communication nodes (e.g., infrastructure components 302 and vehicles 328 and 340) within the V2X communication environment 300 to improve V2X connectivity performance over several metrics such as reliability, latency, data rate, and so forth.

As will be described in more detail below, the multi-link connectivity in the V2X communication network 300 may be based on using communication links operating on the same or different frequency bands and on different RATs. Example V2X communication technologies that may be included in a RAT include DSRC, LTE-based communications (e.g., LTE MBMS, LTE Prose, and LTE-Uu communications), WLAN (802.11 based protocols and standards), LWA, LAA, multefer, 5G NR (new radio), legacy communication standards (e.g., 2G/3G standards), and so forth. Depending on the infrastructure and capabilities of the vehicle equipment, the communication scenarios identified herein may, according to some aspects, allow for a mix of multiple RATs over the communication link between vehicles or other V2X enabled nodes (e.g., 302-320).

Fig. 3 illustrates several example communication scenarios 342 (multi-link connectivity of V2I/V2N links based on carrier aggregation and dual connectivity), 344 (multi-link connectivity of V2I/V2N links based on V2V), 346 (multi-radio, multi-hop relay communication), and 348 (network/V2I assisted V2V communication and multi-link V2V coordination). Additional aspects and examples of the communication scenario 342 and 348 and other communication scenarios are described below.

Broadcast communication is one possible communication scenario. Broadcast communications generally involve the transmission of messages without a particular intended recipient. Rather, a group of devices, or any device capable of receiving, is a category of recipients. Broken communication links are also common in mobile network environments (e.g., involving vehicle end devices such as vehicle 328 and 340). For example, when a vehicle or other object passes between broadcast devices, or between a broadcast device and a receiving device, or when dynamic changes in the environment cause fading within the communication link between the devices. Because broadcast messages generally do not have an intended recipient, and therefore generally do not rely on acknowledgements to determine reliability, it may be difficult to utilize standard mechanisms of channel reliability improvement to determine when a link is unreliable or broken in a broadcast link. Determining when a link is unreliable or broken may be important for broadcast applications that are important for connection-enabled autonomous vehicles, such as basic safety message broadcasts. The link quality aspects described herein are not limited to broadcast communications, but may also include multicast and unicast communications.

In some aspects, the device may identify communication links to nearby devices of high importance based on various factors, such as proximity, message content, or any other contextual information (e.g., map application data related to the vehicle environment). The device may then detect when the link is unreliable and provide a mechanism to improve reliability for important links. In some aspects, a device may maintain a list of links associated with one or more proximate devices within a range, or other suitable data structures such as trees, dictionaries, arrays, matrices, and the like, in a storage or central location of a list of hypothetical receivers within range of the device. The list may be updated periodically or when a new nearby device is detected within range of the device. In some aspects, the device may utilize the list and various other methods to improve the quality or reliability of a communication link (e.g., a communication link to a neighboring device). In an aspect, the device may receive the list from another source, such as a central directory or other device.

Fig. 4 illustrates an exemplary method 400 of tracking link quality. In some aspects, the operations of method 400 of tracking link quality are implemented in electronic hardware, such as that described herein with respect to, for example, fig. 54, which may be included in a carrier end device of a carrier. Thus, in the context of the present disclosure, the method 400 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 400 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth.

At operation 402, in some aspects, a host vehicle terminal apparatus may include a hardware processor (e.g., processor 1140 (see fig. 11) or processor 5402 (see fig. 54)) configured to receive broadcast messages via a multi-radio communication link associated with one or more available RATs. For example, a neighboring vehicle of the host vehicle may send a broadcast message from neighboring vehicle terminal devices of the neighboring vehicle via a multi-radio communication link. In some aspects, the hardware processor may receive the broadcast message over the multi-radio communication link via a vehicle-to-anything (V2X) convergence function of the neighboring vehicle terminal device through a V2X convergence function of the host vehicle terminal device. In other aspects, the hardware processor may receive broadcast messages from communication devices other than the neighboring vehicle (e.g., communication devices associated with a base station or RSU).

At operation 404, after receiving the broadcast message from the neighboring vehicle, in some aspects, the hardware processor may determine a link quality of the multi-radio communication link. In some aspects, the hardware processor is configured to determine the link quality by decoding measurement information from the received broadcast message based on the received broadcast message, the measurement information indicating the link quality of the multi-radio communication link. For example, the measurement information may include an information element encoded within the packet to indicate the reliability of the multi-radio communication link. In some aspects, the hardware processor is configured to determine the link quality based on information obtained when receiving or processing packets of the received broadcast message. For example, the hardware processor may be configured to measure a received signal strength (e.g., RSSI) of the received broadcast message or use a measured RSSI value of the received broadcast message in determining the link quality of the multi-radio communication link. In other aspects, the hardware processor may be configured to determine link quality of the multi-radio communication link based on the received broadcast message by tracking one or more packet errors associated with the broadcast message, such as errors that occur when decoding packets of the received broadcast message.

In some aspects, electronic hardware included within the host carrier terminal apparatus (e.g., the electronic hardware described with respect to fig. 54) may also include a link quality estimator. At operation 406, in some aspects, the link quality estimator may store the link quality indicator within a link quality ranking list. The link quality ranking list may be stored within the electronic hardware (e.g., within the memory described with respect to fig. 54). In some aspects, the link quality indicator may represent a certain link quality associated with a multi-radio communication link (e.g., a multi-radio communication link used by a neighboring vehicle to send broadcast messages). In some aspects, the link quality estimator may map a value representing link quality to a link quality indicator based on the determined link quality in the received broadcast message. In some aspects, the link quality indicator may represent information such as measurement information decoded from a received broadcast message or other information related to link quality of the multi-radio communication link, such as received signal quality, average power, or an indication of a broken communication link, such as one or more packet errors associated with a received broadcast message.

At operation 408, in some aspects, the link quality estimator may rank the link quality indicators within a link quality ranking list, wherein the link quality ranking list may include one or more additional link quality indicators representative of link quality of one or more additional multi-radio communication links. For example, the additional multi-radio communication link may be a communication link between the host vehicle and an additional neighboring vehicle. In other aspects, the additional multi-radio communication link may be a communication link between the host vehicle and a device other than the vehicle (e.g., RSU). In some aspects, the link quality indicators within the link quality ranking list may be ordered according to a predetermined ranking factor. The predetermined ranking factors may include, for example, a distance value representing a distance between the host vehicle and a neighboring vehicle or a broadcast message type (e.g., vehicle or traffic safety message), among other factors.

In some aspects, the link quality indicator having a higher rank within the link quality ranking list may indicate a multi-radio communication link having a higher priority than the remaining multi-radio communication links represented in the list. In other aspects, the link quality indicator having a higher rank within the ranked list of link qualities may indicate a critical low quality multi-radio communication link as compared to other multi-radio communication links represented in the list. However, aspects are not so limited, and the link quality ranking list may be ordered according to other rules and criteria.

In some aspects, the link quality estimator may rank the link quality indicators within the link quality ranking list according to a predetermined ranking factor and additional contextual information associated with the host vehicle or one or more additional vehicles (e.g., neighboring vehicles). The context information may include, for example, location information or sensor data regarding one or more sensors associated with the host vehicle or another vehicle (e.g., a neighboring vehicle), as well as other information regarding the multi-radio communication environment (e.g., map data). In some aspects, the hardware processor may receive context information from one or more higher level applications (e.g., a map application) associated with the host vehicle terminal device or another vehicle terminal device.

The hardware processor may use contextual information (e.g., from an application) in some aspects to verify measurement information received in the broadcast message or to verify a ranking of one or more link quality indicators within a ranked list of link qualities. For example, if measurement information included within the broadcast signal indicates to the host vehicle terminal device that the neighboring vehicle is in the vicinity, the hardware processor may utilize the measurement information in conjunction with context information (e.g., map data) to determine that the neighboring vehicle is on the other side of the roadway barrier and, thus, that the multi-radio communication link between the host vehicle and the neighboring vehicle is of low priority, although the neighboring vehicle is in the vicinity. Thus, the link quality estimator may then choose to assign a low priority to the link quality indicator associated with the multi-radio communication link within the link quality ranking list, or to drop the link quality indicator entirely from the link quality ranking list.

In another aspect, the hardware processor may use the context information in some aspects to determine that a barrier between the host vehicle and the adjacent vehicle is temporary, e.g., the barrier may be a truck passing between the host vehicle and the adjacent vehicle on a one-way road. Thus, in such a scenario, the link quality estimator may choose not to assign a low priority to the multi-radio communication link between the host vehicle and the neighboring vehicle, or to discard a link quality indicator representing the quality of the multi-radio communication link, since the host vehicle and the secondary vehicle are traveling in the same direction and the multi-radio communication link between them may be high priority and need to be tracked (e.g., tracked within a link quality ranking list).

Fig. 5 illustrates an exemplary method 500 of identifying and improving a high priority multi-radio communication link. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 500 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 500 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. At operation 502, in some aspects, the link quality estimator may identify a link quality indicator within the link quality ranking list that represents the high priority multi-radio communication link. The link quality estimator may identify the link quality indicator using a predetermined ranking factor according to aspects described herein. Further, the link quality estimator may also use the context information to verify a priority of a link quality indicator corresponding to the high priority multi-radio communication link. In some aspects, the link quality estimator may first identify the link quality indicator as a high priority and then determine the quality of the corresponding multi-radio communication link. In other aspects, the link quality estimator may first identify a link quality indicator corresponding to a low priority multi-radio communication link, which may then determine according to the criteria described herein that the multi-radio communication link is also high priority. In some aspects, the link quality estimator may identify one of the link quality indicators as high priority based on the quality of the respective multi-radio communication link being below a predetermined quality threshold.

In some aspects, once the link quality estimator identifies the high priority multi-radio communication link, the link quality estimator may use one or more of several methods of improving the link quality and corresponding reliability of the high priority multi-radio communication link at operation 504. In some aspects, the host vehicle terminal apparatus may include an antenna system (e.g., the antenna system described with respect to fig. 11 or 12) that includes an antenna array. In some aspects, the antenna array may include a plurality of MIMO antennas that may be coupled to a plurality of transceivers. In such an aspect, the hardware processor and the antenna system may be configured to improve the link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by modifying a direction of a radiation pattern of the antenna system. For example, the hardware processor may be configured to operate a subset of the plurality of MIMO antennas by beamforming the subset of MIMO antennas in one or more sectors or directions. In some aspects, the hardware processor may beamform the radiation pattern in a direction corresponding to the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In some aspects, a hardware processor (e.g., of a host vehicle terminal device) may be configured to beamform signals via a subset of MIMO antennas in the direction of a transmitter (e.g., of a neighboring vehicle terminal device) from which the broadcast message is received. In such an aspect, the persistent message exchange between the host vehicle terminal device and the neighboring vehicle terminal device may provide additional feedback data that may be used to further characterize the multi-radio communication link between the host vehicle and the neighboring vehicle. In some aspects, beamforming in combination with tracking the link quality of one or more multi-radio communication links (e.g., within a link quality ranking list) may improve the reliability of high priority multi-radio communication links and also improve the efficiency of continued beamforming (e.g., improve the quality and reliability of broadcast messages).

In some aspects, the hardware processor may be configured to improve the quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by reducing a packet size of packets for host vehicle terminal devices to transmit. For example, if the link quality estimator has determined that the high priority multi-radio communication link is unreliable or of low quality, the hardware processor may remove one or more information elements from the packet prior to transmission, or may encode less information into the packet. Further, in some aspects, the hardware processor may also improve link quality by encoding for transmission a packet including one or more codes indicative of a high priority message, the packet being transmittable over a high priority multi-radio communication link. By replacing certain information elements with one or more codes, the host vehicle terminal device may communicate critical messages (e.g., safety messages) to neighboring vehicle terminal devices in less time, thereby improving the efficiency and reliability of the high-priority multi-radio communication link, solving the problem of allowing more high-priority communications to occur over the high-priority link. In some aspects, the hardware processor may also encode the packet to include sensor data associated with the host vehicle, the neighboring vehicle, or another device. The hardware processor may also encode the sensor data in packets with one or more codes to improve reliability of critical message transmissions on the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In some aspects, the hardware processor may be further configured to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by using quiet times. For example, a hardware processor may track a transmit window associated with a wireless medium of a multi-radio network, receive exclusive access to the wireless medium during the transmit window, and transmit a packet including one or more information elements indicating a high priority message during the transmit window. In such an aspect, during the transmission window, all other communication devices may refrain from transmitting and instead listen for any critical messages related to the high priority multi-radio communication link or to the vehicle from which the high priority message was transmitted.

In other aspects, the hardware processor may be configured to improve the link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by using, for example, frequency diversity, wherein the hardware processor may be configured to transmit signals related to the high priority multi-radio communication link on two or more frequency bands simultaneously. Furthermore, the hardware processor and antenna system may be configured to improve the link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by using antenna diversity, for example by simultaneously transmitting signals related to the high priority multi-radio communication link on two or more subsets of MIMO antennas of an antenna array (e.g., an antenna array for the antenna system described with respect to fig. 11 or 12).

The link quality arrangements and techniques described herein may be used to improve communications under challenging conditions, such as those shown in fig. 3. An additional or alternative technique to improve the quality of any given link involves selectively using multiple RATs to meet multiple communication needs.

As described herein, it may be desirable to allow the use of more than one RAT at the same time, especially in high mobility scenarios. Whether more than one RAT is being used or not, it may also be desirable to cease use of one RAT (e.g., "drop" a RAT), initiate use of a new RAT (e.g., "add" a RAT), or add or drop an entire set of two or more RATs. However, the selection of a RAT may be time consuming. The techniques described below provide greater efficiency in RAT selection (including adding or dropping RATs) than previously available.

Fig. 6 illustrates an exemplary method 600 in accordance with some aspects. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 600 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 600 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. The example method 600 may begin at operation 602 with a device (e.g., the carrier terminal device 328 and 340 or other node) accessing a list of available RATs. As previously mentioned, this list may be provided at a central location or may be stored locally at the device, among other possibilities. At operation 604, the device may determine to establish a communication link using the listed RATs. As previously described, this determination may be made based on the transmission requirements of the device, KPIs characterizing the RAT, and so on.

In some aspects, a device (e.g., via a hardware processor) may access a list of available RATs that have been detected within range of the device. The list may be provided by a network access node (e.g., infrastructure component 302), by a neighboring device using D2D communication, or by other devices or methods. The hardware processor may then establish a new communication link with a selected RAT of the available RATs based on the device's transmission requirements for compatibility with the selected RAT. These transmission requirements may include latency requirements, reliability requirements, throughput requirements, and requirements of applications executing on the device, among other requirements. Other parameters to be considered in RAT selection may include other performance indicators (KPIs) characterizing the RAT, including quality of service (QoS) based parameters such as congestion level and load, voice support, data rate (maximum achievable data rate or rate available based on signal conditions), available range, power level, frequency band of coverage, signal conditions, coexistence with other technologies, and spectrum access methods used (e.g., dedicated licensed, unlicensed, shared spectrum, etc.). Validity indicators may be included in the matrix to indicate the confidence of different measurements based on the location where the measurement was taken, the environment at the location (e.g., rural area, urban area), the time period of the measurement, the age of the data, and so forth.

The parameter may also indicate the ciphering capabilities of the RAT. For example, some RATs may support quantum secure encryption (QSC) and this capability information may be provided in signaling or stored in a matrix. Other non-standard compliant extensions may also be indicated, for example, support for non-standard compliant multi-antenna schemes, coding schemes, and so forth may be indicated. The parameter may also indicate a periodic power down of a RAT or a particular frequency band in a cell. The device and the network access node may negotiate any use of proprietary non-standard compliant extensions to the system. This negotiation may also be performed on a device-to-device (D2D) basis.

The hardware processor may select one or more RATs by accessing a database table or other computer-readable file that includes indicators as to which RATs (whether currently available or in the vicinity of the device) may or are meeting different transmission requirements. For example, the database table may indicate a relationship between transmission requirements or preferences of the device and at least one RAT in the list of available RATs. When, for example, the detected condition becomes such that the transmission requirements are no longer met by the given RAT, the hardware processor may determine which of the other available RATs meets the transmission requirements by accessing the database table to retrieve the identity of the RAT that meets the transmission requirements. As an additional example, when a device first comes online or accesses a network, the initial RAT or group of RATs to use may be identified by accessing a database table to retrieve the identity of the RATs that meet the minimum conditions of the device. As another example, the RAT may be changed when the device changes to use a different application, e.g., the device may change from executing a data starved application to executing an application requiring very low latency. The database table may be stored at the device or at the network access node for central access by the device and any other nearby devices.

The measurements in the database table may be provided in a number of different ways. For example, a database table may be populated with measurements of a set of parameters taken by at least one device. The set of parameters to be measured may be indicated by the network access node, by the device, or by any combination of these. A network access node may divide measurement responsibilities among different devices in a cell served by the network access node. Additionally or alternatively, measurement responsibilities may be divided by the devices themselves using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In one aspect, a central node (e.g., a base station) may use a dedicated broadcast channel to broadcast parameter values, resource availability, or other information to assist in RAT selection by nearby devices. This or other information may be broadcast upon request from the device, or the information may be broadcast periodically, among other possibilities. This information may be stored in a database table as described herein. The device and the network access node may generate long-term statistics about different RATs and use the statistics to anticipate conditions at different times of day or at different locations.

In another aspect, the RATs may cooperate. In other words, the behavior of one RAT may depend on observations of another RAT. RATs may be grouped to facilitate such cooperation. For example, one RAT that is susceptible to deep shadowing may be grouped with at least one RAT that is not susceptible to deep shadowing. Then, if the conditions are not optimal for one RAT, the device may attempt to communicate on a neighboring RAT instead. Due to the benefits of RAT cooperation, a device may allocate additional computing resources to increase search and measurement capabilities to find other RATs than the device might otherwise have without RAT cooperation. However, in an example, if the RAT cooperation for a device meets a predetermined capability threshold (e.g., there are enough RATs with low latency, high bandwidth, range, etc.), the device may conserve resources by forgoing additional RAT searches until the capability threshold is again not met. The cooperation may be controlled by a network access node or other central node, by a device, or by some combination of these.

As another example of cooperation, frequency hopping patterns may be defined separately in two or more different adjacent RATs to reduce or eliminate adjacent band interference by providing a maximum distance in the frequency direction.

The techniques described herein may also be used in some aspects to determine which RATs to avoid. For example, if an application requires low latency or broadband communications, the narrowband IoT RAT may be excluded from consideration because it cannot provide low latency communications.

The user equipment may include a V2X convergence layer 4112, or the like, described below with respect to fig. 41, to manage selection and use of a RAT or a set of multiple RATs. This V2X convergence layer 4112 may include circuitry to evaluate statistics and KPIs and perform RAT selection. In other aspects, a hardware processor of a device may encode a request to use a RAT or a set of RATs in a list of available RATs for sending to a network access node.

In addition to frequency hopping, RAT hopping (e.g., 2D hopping) may be implemented in some aspects. Such aspects may be implemented in scenarios where information within the transmission is protected (e.g., military or smart use cases). RAT hopping can also be used in the following scenarios: one RAT is used for a portion of a transmission (e.g., the control portion of the transmission or other delay tolerant portion of the transmission) and the other RAT is used for data transfer when a lower delay RAT is most useful. RAT hopping may also occur for different RATs during phases where high throughput is required (e.g., during file transfer). Thus, the device may select a first RAT for transmission of a first portion of the transmission based on an affinity between characteristics of the first RAT and the first portion of the transmission, e.g., an underutilized but high-latency RAT is used for the delay-tolerant control portion, and the device may select a second RAT for transmission of a second portion of the transmission, again based on an affinity between characteristics of the second RAT and the second portion of the transmission. In an example, the first portion may include a control portion and the second portion may include a data portion, although aspects are not limited thereto.

Link quality improvement techniques may provide increased communication reliability in several environments. The RAT selection techniques described herein may allow for improved communications to be efficiently achieved using multiple RATs by, for example, selecting the most appropriate RAT for a given communication. Furthermore, as described below, multiple RATs may be used as spares, such that, for example, a higher performing but failure prone RAT may be used when available, while a more reliable RAT is configured to handle interruptions in higher performing RAT service.

As described above, a communication device (e.g., carrier terminal device 330) may use more than one Radio Access Technology (RAT) at the same time to achieve quality of service (QoS) gains. For example, a communication device may transmit and receive on a primary RAT (e.g., LTE or a lower frequency RAT) and a secondary RAT (e.g., Wi-Fi or a higher frequency RAT). In a mobile use case, the communication device may, for example, move out of the high frequency range and may need to rely only on the primary RAT. In some aspects, communication devices that are affected by this may request additional resources from a node (e.g., evolved node B (base station) 302) via the primary RAT to maintain a certain QoS. In some aspects, a certain RAT may be designated as a primary RAT and another RAT may be designated as a secondary RAT.

In some aspects, identities of a primary RAT and a secondary RAT may be dynamically changed for an event (e.g., a change in a network environment or a mobility environment) and based on one or more preferences or capabilities of a communication device (e.g., a vehicular terminal device). For example, when the carrier terminal device is relatively stationary or within range of a very strong high frequency signal, it may be desirable for the carrier terminal device to designate this higher frequency RAT as the primary RAT, even though the range of the signal may be relatively small. When the mobility of the carrier terminal device changes, another different RAT may then be preferred for the carrier terminal device. In other aspects, the carrier terminal device may prefer the RAT associated with the lower cost factor to be the primary RAT. In some aspects, other criteria may be used to specify the primary RAT and the secondary RAT.

In some aspects, a master communication node (e.g., communication node 302), e.g., a base station, may be configured to communicate with another node (e.g., one of nodes 328-330), e.g., a vehicle terminal device, through a first transceiver of a plurality of transceiver chains using a communication link (e.g., a multi-radio communication link) of a first RAT. In some aspects, the base station may also be configured to communicate with the vehicular terminal device through the second transceiver using a multi-radio communication link of the second RAT. The first RAT and the second RAT may each be one of several different RATs that both the vehicle terminal device and the network are configured to utilize. In some aspects, the second transceiver may communicate with the vehicle end device through one or more intermediate nodes (e.g., RSUs), although the aspects are not limited thereto. The first RAT and the second RAT may each include one of: a Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology, a Wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology, a Bluetooth radio access technology, an IEEE802.11 radio access technology, an LTE radio access technology, or a 5G radio access technology.

In some aspects, the first RAT may be designated as a primary RAT and the second RAT may be designated as a secondary RAT. Changes to the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT may then occur, for example, due to changes in network environment (e.g., network load), mobility environment (e.g., movement or obstruction of the carrier terminal device), and communication device-specific parameters (e.g., preferences or capabilities of the carrier terminal device). In some aspects, a primary communication node (e.g., a base station) may modify the designation of primary and secondary RATs for a carrier terminal device, e.g., to maintain a certain QoS and to comply with user preferences of the carrier terminal device. In some aspects, the carrier terminal device may also modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT. In other aspects, other devices within the multi-RAT network may modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT, e.g., RSU.

Fig. 7 illustrates an exemplary methodology 700 for specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 700 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 700 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. In method 700, a communication device (e.g., communication node 302), such as an RRC of a base station, may include a hardware processor (e.g., processor 1140 or processor 5402) configured, for example, by software, virtualization, or other techniques that abstract control instructions from underlying hardware (eventually everything will be implemented on the underlying hardware) to communicate with one or more nodes (e.g., one of nodes 328 or 330), such as a vehicle end device. At operation 702, the hardware processor may be configured to designate, for one or more vehicle terminal devices, a first RAT as a primary RAT for a primary communication link and a second RAT as a secondary RAT for a secondary communication link. In some aspects, the hardware processor may specify the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with the carrier terminal device. Preferences may include, for example, specifications for one or more of the following: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a specified quality of service (QoS). In some aspects, the carrier terminal device itself may also negotiate with a hardware processor to modify the designation of primary and secondary RATs. In other aspects, other devices within the multi-RAT network may modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT, e.g., RSU.

At operation 704, in response to a change in the network environment (e.g., a change in network load factors), the hardware processor may modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT for the carrier terminal device based on one or more preferences of the carrier terminal device. For example, when the network environment changes (e.g., a change in network load), the vehicle terminal device may specify the following preferences: the designation of the primary RAT is modified from the LTE radio access technology to the IEEE802.11 radio access technology, and the designation of the secondary RAT is modified from the IEEE802.11 radio access technology to the LTE radio access technology. In some aspects, the carrier terminal device may specify the following preferences: the designation of the primary RAT is modified to another RAT instead of the secondary RAT.

Fig. 8 illustrates an exemplary methodology 800 for specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 800 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 800 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. Method 800 may be similar to method 700 in that, at operation 802, the hardware processor may specify a primary RAT and a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with the carrier terminal device. At operation 804, in response to a change in mobility environment (e.g., a change in speed of the carrier terminal device), the hardware processor may modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT for the carrier terminal device based on one or more preferences of the carrier terminal device. For example, the carrier terminal device may specify the following preferences: when the carrier terminal device becomes stationary, the designation of the primary RAT is modified from the LTE radio access technology to the IEEE802.11 radio access technology and the designation of the secondary RAT is modified from the IEEE802.11 radio access technology to the LTE radio access technology to utilize a higher frequency RAT as the primary RAT or to utilize a lower cost factor, although the range of IEEE802.11 signals may be relatively small. In some aspects, the carrier terminal device may specify the following preferences: the designation of the primary RAT is modified to another RAT instead of the secondary RAT.

Fig. 9 illustrates an exemplary methodology 900 for specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 900 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 900 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. In method 900, which may be similar to methods 700 and 800, at operation 902 the hardware processor may designate a first RAT as the primary RAT for the primary communication link and a second RAT as the secondary RAT for the secondary communication link. However, in the methodology 900, the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT may be based on one or more network configurations. At operation 904, the hardware processor may also modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT for the carrier terminal device in response to a change in network environment, such as a change in network load, and the modification may be based on one or more preferences of the carrier terminal device.

Fig. 10 illustrates an exemplary methodology 1000 for specifying a primary RAT and a secondary RAT for a multi-radio communication link. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 1000 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 1000 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth. In method 1000, which may be similar to method 900, at operation 1002 a hardware processor may specify a primary RAT and a secondary RAT based on one or more network configurations. However, at operation 1004, the hardware processor may then modify the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT in response to a change in the mobility environment (e.g., movement of the carrier terminal device) and based on one or more preferences of the carrier terminal device.

Fig. 11 illustrates an exemplary internal configuration of a carrier terminal apparatus 1100, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 11, a vehicle terminal apparatus 1100 may include a steering and motion system 1125, a radio communication system 1121, and an antenna system 1123. The internal components of the carrier end device 1100 may be arranged or enclosed within a carrier housing, such as an automobile body, an airplane or helicopter fuselage, a boat hull, or similar type of carrier body, depending on which type of carrier the carrier end device 1100 is. By way of example, fig. 11 illustrates a vehicle terminal apparatus 1100 as a vehicle (which may be an example of a vehicle such as vehicle 328 and 340 in fig. 3) that includes a vehicle body 1102, tires 1104 and 1106, different types of lights such as headlights 1108 and 1110, a front windshield 1112, one or more side windows 1114, a rear window 1116, an exterior rear view mirror 1118, and so forth.

Vehicle terminal apparatus 1100 may also include one or more radio terminal apparatuses 1120 and 1122, which may form a radio communication system 1121. The radio communication system 1121 may be configured to implement one or more different RATs. Further, a plurality of sensors 1124, 1126, 1128, 1130, 1132, 1134, 1136, and 1138 may be installed in carrier terminal apparatus 1100.

Examples of sensors 1124-1138 may include one or more of the following (note that any other type of sensor may be provided and not all of the following sensors need to be provided): a range sensor (e.g., a radar sensor), such as range sensor 324; a camera, such as camera 326; water/rain sensors, such as rain sensor 328; tire sensors (e.g., air pressure sensors), such as tire sensor 330 and 332; an air bag sensor, such as air bag sensor 334; an exhaust gas sensor, such as exhaust gas sensor 336; and a temperature sensor, such as temperature sensor 338. Further, one or more controllers or actuators, such as speed controllers, air conditioning controllers, brake controllers, air bag trigger controllers, and the like, may be provided in the carrier terminal apparatus 1100.

In some aspects, one or more processors 1140 (e.g., hardware processors, processing circuitry, microprocessors, Central Processing Units (CPUs), etc.) may be provided and communicatively coupled to some or all of the sensors 1124 and 1138 and to the radio communication system 1121 and to some or all of the controllers or actuators. The coupling may be wired, wireless or optical. In an example, the one or more processors 1140 may be part of the radio communication system 1121.

Thus, as an example, the sensors 1124-1138 may be configured to detect respective physical quantities and generate respective magnitudes representative of the detected physical quantities and may forward them to the processor 1140, and the processor 1140 may be configured to process the magnitudes received from the plurality of sensors 1124-1138 and may provide the processing results to the terminal device 1120-1122. Terminal device 1120-1122 can be configured to, for example, generate and transmit radio messages to other terminal devices or base stations. Further, terminal device 1120 and 1122 can be configured to receive and decode radio messages, e.g., from other terminal devices or base stations, and forward respective instructions to one or more processors 1140. The one or more processors 1140 may be configured to generate and send various control signals or messages to the controller or actuator. An exemplary structure of a radio communication system 1121, which includes terminal devices 1120 and 1122, is illustrated in fig. 16 and 17.

To help ensure that incoming and outgoing data is properly received and transmitted with a selected network access node or other terminal device, e.g., according to a wireless standard or proprietary standard or a mix thereof, the terminal device may also receive control information that provides control information or parameters. The control parameters may include, for example, time and frequency scheduling information, coding/modulation schemes, power control information, paging information, retransmission information, connection/mobility information, or other such information that defines how and when data is to be transmitted and received. The terminal device may then use the control parameters to control data transmission and reception with the network access node or other terminal device, thereby enabling the terminal device to successfully exchange user and other data traffic with the network access node or other terminal device over the wireless connection. The network access node may interface with an underlying communication network (e.g., a core network) that may provide data, including voice, multimedia (e.g., audio/video/images), internet or other web browsing data, etc., to the terminal device, or provide access to other applications and services, such as with cloud technology.

A terminal device may be configured to operate on multiple RATs. A terminal device configured to operate on multiple RATs (e.g., first and second RATs) may be configured according to the radio protocols of both the first and second RATs and optionally may also be configured according to the radio protocol of a third RAT (and similarly for operation on additional RATs). For example, an LTE network access node (e.g., a base station) may utilize different time and frequency schedules (including period, center frequency, bandwidth, duration, etc.) to transmit discovery and control information in different formats (including type/content of information, modulation and coding scheme, data rate, etc.) as compared to a Wi-Fi network access node (e.g., a WLAN AP). As a result, terminal devices designed for both LTE and Wi-Fi operation may operate according to a particular LTE protocol in order to properly receive LTE discovery and control information, and may also operate according to a particular Wi-Fi protocol in order to properly receive Wi-Fi discovery and control information. A terminal device configured to operate on a further radio access network such as UMTS, GSM, bluetooth may similarly be configured to transmit and receive radio signals according to respective individual access protocols. In some aspects, the terminal device may have dedicated hardware or software components corresponding to each supported RAT.

In some aspects, manipulation and motion system 1125 may include components of carrier terminal device 1100 related to the manipulation and motion of the carrier terminal device. In aspects where the vehicle end device 1100 is an automobile, the steering and motion system 1125 may include wheels and axles, an engine, a transmission, brakes, a steering wheel, associated circuitry and wiring, and any other components used in the driving of the automobile. In aspects where the vehicle terminal device 1100 is an aerial vehicle, the manipulation and motion system 1125 may include one or more of the following: rotors, propellers, jet engines, wings, rudders or flaps, airbrakes, yokes or loops, associated circuitry and wiring, and any other component used in the flight of an aerial vehicle. In aspects where vehicle end device 1100 is an above-water or under-water vehicle, steering and motion system 1125 may include any one or more of the following: rudders, engines, propellers, steering wheels, associated circuitry and wiring, and any other components used in the steering or movement of the water vehicle. In some aspects, steering and motion system 1125 may also include autonomous driving functionality, and accordingly may include a central processor configured to perform autonomous driving calculations and decisions and an array of sensors for motion and obstacle sensing. The autonomous driving components of the steering and motion system 1125 may also interface with the radio communication system 1121 to facilitate communication with other nearby vehicle terminal devices or central networked components that perform decisions and calculations for autonomous driving.

The radio communication system 1121 and the antenna system 1123 may be configured to perform one or more radio communication functions of the vehicle terminal apparatus 1100, which may include transmitting and receiving communications with a radio communication network or directly transmitting and receiving communications with other vehicle terminal apparatuses and other communication apparatuses. For example, the radio communication system 1121 and antenna system 1123 may be configured to transmit and receive communications with one or more network access nodes, such as RSUs and evolved node bs (enbs or base stations) in the exemplary context of DSRC and LTE V2V/V2X. In some aspects, radio communication system 1121 may include a plurality of radios that may interface with each other via a common V2X convergence function layer or a plurality of V2X convergence functions within a protocol stack associated with each radio.

Fig. 12-15 illustrate additional example aspects of the antenna system 1123 introduced above. To support a multi-RAT environment, and also to support other applications such as autonomous vehicles, antennas are provided in various numbers and configurations throughout the body of a mobile vehicle (e.g., vehicle terminal equipment 108, 110, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340, or 1100) for communicating with other vehicles, infrastructure, and other systems on the vehicle. Further, the communication antennas described herein may be included to enhance radar communications, camera systems, and other sensing and communication systems.

Fig. 12 illustrates an exemplary placement of multiple communication systems and radar systems. Multiple antennas may be embedded in a carrier enclosure, dome, or glass, for example, using an integrated mode. As shown, at least one antenna array 1222 may be placed at a first location on a first surface (e.g., a roof or hood) of a vehicle and at least another antenna array 1226 may be placed at a second location on the first surface. 360 degree coverage may be provided by embedding the antenna system on four sides of the vehicle hood or canopy. For example, as shown in fig. 12, antennas 1222, 1224, 1226, and 1228 may be embedded at four corners of the carrier roof. In addition, antennas 1230 and 1232 may be etched into the windshield of the vehicle. Multiple antennas also allow a vehicle to be connected to more than one point of the infrastructure at the same time, as well as to more than one vehicle at the same time.

In the case where data is able to reach the vehicle from multiple sources via multiple RATs, there is a possibility that some of the data may not be authentic or that some of the data is provided by a person attempting an "illegal intrusion" into the vehicle system. Aspects thus support the vehicle encoding telemetry (telemetric) into a message, or decoding telemetry in a received message (e.g., by a hardware processor, such as processor 1140 or processor 5402). Such telemetry data may be used to improve the security of the connection. Telemetry may include, for example, speed, GPS location, heading, vehicle identification number, etc., such as specified by the WAVE/DRSC family of standards (e.g., SAE 2735 basic safety message). By providing the ability to capture more telemetry over multiple RATs, the amount of information may be increased and the trustworthiness or usefulness of the information may be determined. For example, by identifying a GPS location of a vehicle, it may be determined whether data provided by the vehicle is useful because, for example, data from a vehicle that is too far away may not be useful for certain situations (e.g., collision detection). As another example, the vehicle identification number may be checked and verified before the data is trusted. As another example, the provided GPS location may be checked again with the vehicle radar (or e.g. camera). If no vehicle is detected at the expected location based on the provided GPS location, then according to some aspects, information from the vehicle providing the GPS location may not be trusted.

As described above, radar communications, camera systems, and other sensing and communication systems may be enhanced by the various configurations shown in fig. 12. For example, the communication antennas described herein may enhance long range radar communication systems 1202, 1204; mid-range radar communication systems 1206, 1208, 1210, 1212; and short-range radar communication systems 1214, 1216, 1218, and 1220. Such radar systems may be used to assist in parking, provide front, rear or side impact warnings, for blind spot warnings, and for other purposes. Such radar systems may be used to assist in parking, provide front, rear or side impact warnings, for blind spot warnings, and for other purposes. Radar may also be used to directly facilitate communication, for example to provide link setup for directional antennas.

Fig. 13, 14, and 15 illustrate different configurations of front-end and antenna systems, according to some aspects. Fig. 13 illustrates a combined system configuration 1300 in which a Vehicle Area Network (VAN) 1308 or the like (e.g., a wired vehicle bus for communication of components within a vehicle) provides data to a microcontroller unit (MCU) 1306, which microcontroller unit 1306 provides input to a front end 1304 for transmission/reception using an antenna 1302. Fig. 14 illustrates that radar front end 1408 and communication front end 1410 are separate and two different antennas 1404 and 1406 are used for transmission/reception. Fig. 15 illustrates separate front ends 1506, 1508 with a combined antenna system 1504.

Fig. 16 illustrates an exemplary internal configuration of a radio communication system of the carrier terminal device of fig. 11, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 16, a radio communication system 1121 may include a Radio Frequency (RF) transceiver 1602, a Digital Signal Processor (DSP) 1604, and a controller 1606. In some aspects, a radio communication system may include a multi-link encoder (MDC) 1605. The MDC 1605 may include a multi-link encoder and a multi-link decoder, and may be configured to perform functions associated with providing multi-layer redundancy in connection with multi-link, multi-RAT communications performed by the radio communication system 1121. Example functions of the MDC 1605 are discussed below with reference to fig. 17-25.

Although not explicitly shown in fig. 16, in some aspects the radio communication system 1121 may also include one or more additional hardware or software components (e.g., processor/microprocessor, controller/microcontroller, other special or general purpose hardware/processor/circuitry, etc.), peripheral device(s), memory, power supply, external device interface(s), subscriber identity module(s) (SIM), user input/output device(s) (display(s), keypad(s), touchscreen(s), speaker(s), external button(s), camera(s), microphone(s), etc.), or other related components.

The controller 1606 may comprise suitable circuitry, logic, interfaces, or code and may be configured to perform upper layer protocol stack functions. The DSP1604 may comprise suitable circuitry, logic, interfaces, or code and may be configured to perform physical layer (PHY) processing. RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to perform RF processing and amplification related to the transmission and reception of wireless RF signals via antenna system 1123.

The antenna system 1123 may include a single antenna or an antenna array having multiple antennas. Antenna system 1123 may additionally include analog antenna combining or beamforming circuitry. In the Receive (RX) path, RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to receive analog RF signals from antenna system 1123 and to perform analog and digital RF front-end processing on the analog RF signals to generate digital baseband samples (e.g., in-phase/quadrature (IQ) samples) for provision to DSP 1604. In some aspects, the RF transceiver 1602 may include analog and digital receive components, such as amplifiers (e.g., Low Noise Amplifiers (LNAs)), filters, RF demodulators (e.g., RF IQ demodulators)), and analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) that the RF transceiver 1602 may utilize to convert received RF signals to digital baseband samples.

In the Transmit (TX) path, the RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to receive digital baseband samples from the DSP1604 and perform analog and digital RF front-end processing on the digital baseband samples to generate analog RF signals that are provided to the antenna system 1123 for wireless transmission. In some aspects, the RF transceiver 1602 may include analog and digital transmit components, such as amplifiers (e.g., Power Amplifiers (PAs), filters, RF modulators (e.g., RF IQ modulators), and digital-to-analog converters (DACs) to mix digital baseband samples received from a baseband modem, which the RF transceiver 1602 may use to generate an analog RF signal for wireless transmission by the antenna system 1123.

The DSP1604 may be configured to perform physical layer (PHY) transmit and receive processing to prepare outgoing transmit data provided by the controller 1606 for transmission via the RF transceiver 1602 in a transmit path and to prepare incoming receive data provided by the RF transceiver 1602 for processing by the controller 1606 in a receive path. The DSP1604 may be configured to perform one or more of the following: error detection, forward error correction coding/decoding, channel coding and interleaving, channel modulation/demodulation, physical channel mapping, radio measurement and searching, frequency and time synchronization, antenna diversity processing, power control and weighting, rate matching/dematching, retransmission processing, interference cancellation, and any other physical layer processing functions.

The DSP1604 may comprise one or more processors configured to retrieve and execute program code defining control and processing logic for physical layer processing operations. In some aspects, the DSP1604 may be configured to perform processing functions with software via execution of executable instructions. In some aspects, the DSP1604 may comprise one or more special purpose hardware circuits (e.g., ASICs, FPGAs, and other hardware) that are digitally configured to specifically perform processing functions, wherein one or more processors of the DSP1604 may offload certain processing task loads to these special purpose hardware circuits, which may be referred to as hardware accelerators. An exemplary hardware accelerator may include Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) circuitry and encoder/decoder circuitry. In some aspects, the processor and hardware accelerator components of the DSP1604 may be implemented as coupled integrated circuits.

While the DSP1604 may be configured to perform lower-level physical processing functions, the controller 1606 may be configured to perform upper-level protocol stack functions. The controller 1606 may include one or more processors configured to retrieve and execute program code defining upper layer protocol stack logic for one or more radio communication technologies, which may include data link layer/layer 2 and network layer/layer 3 functionality. In an example, the upper layer protocol stack may include a V2X convergence function associated with functions performed by one or more radios within RF transceiver 1602 or a V2X convergence function layer common to one or more of the radios within RF transceiver 1602. In some aspects, the DSP1604 or the controller 1606 may perform one or more of the functions performed by the processor 1140 (fig. 11).

The controller 1606 may be configured to perform both user plane functions and control plane functions to facilitate transfer of application layer data to and from the radio communication system 1121 in accordance with a particular protocol of one or more supported radio communication technologies. The user plane functions may include header compression and encapsulation, security, error checking and correction, channel multiplexing, scheduling, and priority, while the control plane functions may include setup and maintenance of radio bearers. The program code retrieved and executed by the controller 1606 may comprise executable instructions that define the logic for such functions.

In some aspects, the controller 1606 is communicatively coupled to an application processor, which may be configured to process layers higher than the protocol stack, including the transport layer and the application layer. The application processor may be configured to act as a source for some outgoing data sent by the radio communication system 1121 and as a sink for some incoming data received by the radio communication system 1121. In the transmit path, the controller 1606 may be configured to receive and process outgoing data provided by the application processor in accordance with layer-specific functions of the protocol stack, and to provide the resulting data to the DSP 1604. The DSP1604 may be configured to perform physical layer processing on the received data to generate digital baseband samples, which the DSP may provide to the RF transceiver 1602. RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to process the digital baseband samples to convert the digital baseband samples to analog RF signals, which RF transceiver 1602 may wirelessly transmit via antenna system 1123. In the receive path, RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to receive analog RF signals from antenna system 1123 and process the analog RF signals to obtain digital baseband samples. The RF transceiver 1602 may be configured to provide the digital baseband samples to the DSP1604, and the DSP1604 may perform physical layer processing on the digital baseband samples. The DSP1604 may then provide the resulting data to the controller 1606, which the controller 606 may process according to layer-specific functions of the protocol stack and provide the resulting incoming data to the application processor.

In some aspects, radio communication system 1121 may be configured to transmit and receive data in accordance with a plurality of radio communication technologies. Thus, in some aspects, one or more of the antenna system 1123, the RF transceiver 1602, the DSP 304, and the controller 1606 may comprise separate components or instances dedicated to different radio communication technologies or unified components shared between different radio communication technologies.

For example, in some aspects, the V2X convergence function (or a common V2X convergence function layer) may be used in a protocol stack associated with each radio within the RF transceiver 1602. In some other aspects, the controller 1606 may be configured to execute multiple protocol stacks, each dedicated to a different radio communication technology and at the same processor or at different processors. In some aspects, the DSP1604 may comprise separate processors or hardware accelerators dedicated to different respective radio communication technologies, or one or more processors or hardware accelerators shared among multiple radio communication technologies.

In some aspects, the RF transceiver 1602 may include separate RF circuit portions dedicated to different respective radio communication technologies, or RF circuit portions shared between multiple radio communication technologies. In some aspects, separate RF circuit portions dedicated to different radio communication technologies may interface to each other via a common V2X convergence function layer or via separate V2X convergence functions associated with each RF circuit portion.

In some aspects, antenna system 1123 may include separate antennas dedicated to different respective radio communication technologies, or antennas shared between multiple radio communication technologies. Thus, while the antenna system 1123, the RF transceiver 1602, the DSP1604, and the controller 1606 are shown as individual components in fig. 16, in some aspects the antenna system 1123, the RF transceiver 1602, the DSP1604, or the controller 1606 may encompass separate components dedicated to different radio communication technologies.

Fig. 17 illustrates an exemplary transceiver using multiple radio communication technologies in the carrier terminal apparatus of fig. 16, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 17, RF transceivers 1602 may include an RF transceiver 1602A for a first radio communication technology, an RF transceiver 1602B for a second radio communication technology, and an RF transceiver 1602C for a third radio communication technology. Similarly, the DSPs 1604 may include a DSP 1604A for the first radio communication technology, a DSP 1604B for the second radio communication technology, and a DSP 1604C for the third radio communication technology. Similarly, the controller 1606 may include a controller 1606A for the first radio communication technology, a controller 1606B for the second radio communication technology, and a controller 1606C for the third radio communication technology.

In some aspects, the radio communication technologies may include, for example, a Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology, a Wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology, a bluetooth radio communication technology, an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology (e.g., Wi-Fi), an LTE radio communication technology, and a 5G radio communication technology.

The RF transceiver 1602A, DSP 1604A and the controller 1606A may form a communication arrangement for a first radio communication technology (e.g., hardware and software components dedicated to a particular radio communication technology). The RF transceiver 1602B, DSP 1604B and the controller 1606B may form a communication arrangement for a second radio communication technology. The RF transceiver 1602C, DSP 1604C and the controller 1606C may form a communication arrangement for a third radio communication technology. Although depicted as logically separate in fig. 11, any components of the communication arrangement may be integrated into a common component.

With continued reference to fig. 18-53, one or more of the referenced handheld, carrier, or other V2X-enabled devices (e.g., RSUs) may be configured similarly to carrier terminal device 1100 as shown and described with reference to fig. 11. The apparatus illustrated or described with reference to figures 18-53 may be configured to transmit and receive radio signals representing communication data using one or more communication links associated with at least one of a plurality of RATs and in accordance with one or more vehicular radio communication technologies such as DSRC, WAVE, bluetooth, Wi-Fi, LTE, or 5G. In some aspects, the V2X convergence function layer may be configured as a common interface between different radios to perform multi-link, multi-radio communications in a V2X communication environment.

Fig. 18-20 illustrate exemplary encoding techniques that may be performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 18, an exemplary first encoding technique 1800 for encoding a data stream by a multilink encoder 1605 is illustrated. For example, the multilink encoder 1605 can receive the data stream 1802 (e.g., received from the anchor RAT) and can apply a repetition code to generate the encoded data stream 1804. The encoded data stream 1804 may be replicated and may be transmitted over multiple communication links of a single transceiver chain or over multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain is associated with a different RAT of multiple RATs. As can be seen in fig. 18, the encoded data stream 1804 may be replicated to generate an encoded data stream 1806 (which may be transmitted to the anchor RAT) and additional encoded data streams 1808 and 1810 (which may be transmitted to a secondary link of a transceiver chain used to transmit the data stream 1806 or to additional transceiver chains using one or more different RATs of the multiple RATs). In this regard, the multilink encoder 1605 may replicate the data stream over multiple links or RATs by using repetition codes.

Referring to fig. 19, an exemplary second encoding technique 1900 is illustrated for encoding a data stream by a multi-link encoder 1605. For example, the multilink encoder 1605 can receive the data stream 1902 (e.g., from the anchor RAT) and can apply system code to generate an encoded data stream 1904. Encoded data stream 1904 may be used to generate a first encoded data stream 1906, first encoded data stream 1906 including information bits associated with data stream 1902 and may be transmitted to the anchor RAT. Coded data stream 1904 may also be used to generate additional coded data streams 1908 and 1910, which may include parity bits associated with data stream 1902. Additional data streams 1908 and 1910 may be transmitted to a secondary link of a transceiver chain used to transmit data stream 1906 or to additional transceiver chains using one or more different RATs of the multiple RATs.

Referring to fig. 20, an exemplary third encoding technique 2000 for encoding a data stream by a multi-link encoder 1605 is illustrated. For example, the multilink encoder 1605 can receive the data stream 2002 (e.g., from the anchor RAT) and can apply systematic or non-systematic codes to generate the encoded data stream 2004. The multi-link encoder 1605 can also include an interleaver 2006, where the interleaver 2006 can interleave the data stream 2004 to generate an encoded data stream 2008. In some aspects, interleaver 2006 may interleave data stream 2004 among multiple data streams 2010,2012. As can be seen in fig. 20, the encoded data stream 2010 may be transmitted to the anchor RAT, and the encoded data streams 2012 and 2014 may be transmitted to a secondary link of a transceiver chain or two additional transceiver chains for transmitting the data stream 2010 utilizing one or more different RATs of the plurality of RATs.

Although fig. 18-20 illustrate the use of a repetition code, a systematic code, or a non-systematic code by the multi-link encoder 1605, the disclosure is not so limited and different types of codes may be applied in other aspects. For example, at higher layers, erasure codes (erasures) (e.g., turbo codes or other fountain codes) or channel codes may also be applied, for example.

As can be seen from fig. 18-20, multiple encoded data streams may be generated based on a single data stream, and may be transmitted via different links of the same transceiver chain or via multiple transceiver chains using different ones of the multiple RATs. In this regard, multiple levels of redundancy of information transmitted within the V2X communication environment may be achieved, which increases the reliability of the communication. More specifically, the same encoded data (or parity data that may be used to decode the encoded data) may be transmitted over multiple communication channels to ensure successful reception by one or more V2X-enabled devices within the V2X communication environment.

Fig. 21 illustrates exemplary multi-link encoding performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17 at various levels within a 3GPP protocol stack, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 21, a multi-link encoding technique 2100 using data from various layers of a 3GPP protocol stack is illustrated. The 3GPP protocol stack may include a Physical (PHY) layer 2108, a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer 2106, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer 2104, and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer 2102.

As can be seen in fig. 21, the multi-link encoder 1605 may be configured to receive data input 2112 from any of the protocol layers 2102 and 2108 of the 3GPP protocol stack and encode bits, symbols or packets of different layers of the protocol stack. The encoded data streams 2110 may include encoded streams for the anchor link as well as encoded streams for one or more secondary links (e.g., as seen in fig. 18-20). In some aspects, a common convergence protocol layer or function may be added to the protocol stack (e.g., as discussed below with reference to fig. 40-53). The common convergence protocol layer may be configured to add appropriate sequence numbers and headers to the encoded packets for multilink transmission.

Fig. 22 illustrates exemplary multi-link decoding performed by the multi-link encoder of fig. 17 at various levels within a 3GPP protocol stack, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 22, a multi-link decoding technique 2200 is illustrated that transmits decoded data to various layers of a 3GPP protocol stack. The 3GPP protocol stack can include a Physical (PHY) layer 2208, a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer 2206, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer 2204, and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer 2202.

As can be seen in fig. 22, a multilink encoder 1605 (which in this case may be referred to as a multilink decoder) may be configured to receive encoded data input 2210 (the encoded data input 2210 may be received via redundant communication links such as primary and secondary links). The multi-link decoder 1605 may also be configured to receive data inputs 2212 from any of the protocol layers 2202 and 2208 of the 3GPP protocol stack, which may be used to decode the received data and generate decoded data 2214. The decoded data stream 2214 may be transmitted to any of the protocol layers 2202 and 2208 of the 3GPP protocol stack for further processing and transmission to one or more V2X enabled devices. In some aspects, a common convergence protocol layer or function may be added to the protocol stack (e.g., as discussed below with reference to fig. 40-53). The common convergence protocol layer may, for example, be configured to add appropriate sequence numbers and headers to the decoded packets for multilink transmission.

Fig. 23 illustrates various inputs to the multi-link encoder of fig. 17, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 23, a multilink encoder 1605 can be configured to receive various inputs 2301-2304 that can be used to determine a redundancy level 2306, a number of links to be used in transmitting encoded data 2308, and a number of retransmissions 2310 (e.g., a number of communication links to transmit encoded data using the same transceiver chain or a number of different transceiver chains associated with different RATs to be used in transmitting an encoded data stream). The input 2301 may include one or more acknowledgements from higher layers or feedback from the receiving communication node regarding correct packet reception (e.g., existing ACK mechanisms of the RLC/MAC layer may be used). Input 2302 may include one or more quality of service (QoS) requirements for latency, reliability, and the like. The input 2304 may include channel quality feedback information for one or more communication channels coupled to a device using the multi-link encoder 1605. Channel quality feedback 2304 may include channel blockage information, signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), error rate, and so on.

Fig. 24 and 25 illustrate exemplary methods 2400 and 2500 for multilink coding within a V2X communication environment, in accordance with some aspects described herein. In the context of the present disclosure, methods 2400 and 2500 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, methods 2400 and 2500 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth.

Referring to fig. 24, an example method 2400 may begin with operation 2402, when a data stream may be received via a first transceiver chain of a plurality of transceiver chains within a communication device. The data flow may be received from a first communication node via a communication link associated with a first RAT of a multi-RAT communication environment. For example, referring to fig. 3 and 18, the multilink encoder 1605 may be implemented within a carrier terminal device 328, which carrier terminal device 328 may be configured to receive a data stream 1802 from the base station 302. In operation 2404, the multilink encoder 1605 may apply code to the received data stream to generate an encoded data stream, e.g., 1804. At operation 2406, the encoded data stream may be replicated to generate a plurality of encoded data streams. The plurality of encoded data streams are available for transmission to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain. For example, the multilink encoder 1605 may use repetition codes and generate duplicate encoded streams 1806, 1808, and 1810. Encoded data stream 1806 may be used for transmission back to base station 302, while one or more of encoded data streams 1808-1810 may be transmitted to other nodes within the V2X communication environment using different links of the same transceiver chain used for communication of encoded data stream 1806.

Referring to fig. 25, an example method 2500 may begin at operation 2502, when a data stream may be received via a first transceiver chain of a plurality of transceiver chains in a communication device. The data flow may be received from a first communication node via a communication link associated with a first RAT of a multi-RAT communication environment. For example, referring to fig. 3 and 19, the multilink encoder 1605 may be implemented within a carrier terminal device 328, which carrier terminal device 328 may be configured to receive the data stream 1902 from the base station 302.

At operation 2504, system code may be applied to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream. For example, the multilink encoder 1605 may apply the systematic codes to generate the decoded data stream 1904. At operation 2506, the encoded data stream may be replicated to generate a first encoded data stream having information bits associated with the data stream and at least a second encoded data stream having parity bits. The parity bits may be used to decode the information bits. For example, encoded data stream 1904 may be used to generate encoded data stream 1906 with information bits and encoded data streams 1908 through 1910 with parity bits.

At operation 2508, control circuitry (e.g., controller 1606) may control transmission of a first encoded data stream 1906 having information bits to a first communication node via a first RAT communication link of a first transceiver chain. At operation 2510, the control circuitry may also control transmission of at least a second encoded data stream (one or more of data streams 1908-1910) to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

Fig. 26 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity for V2I/V2N links according to a 3GPP carrier aggregation and dual connectivity based framework, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 26, V2X communication environment 2600 includes a master node 2602 (e.g., a base station or another type of communication node), an RSU2604, an RSU2606, an RSU2608, and vehicles 2610 and 2612. The vehicle 2612 may be connected to a master node 2602 via a master communication link 2618. RSUs 2604, 2606, and 2608 may be connected with master node 2602 via communication links 2614, 2616, and 2620, respectively. In some aspects, communication links 2614, 2616, and 2620 may be used as backhaul communication links. In some aspects, one or more of the vehicles 2610 and 2612 and one or more of the RSUs 2604, 2606, and 2608 may be communicatively coupled via a secondary communication link. For example, the vehicle 2612 is communicatively coupled with RSUs 2606 and 2608 via secondary communication links 2622 and 2626, respectively. The RSU2608 may also be coupled with the RSU2604 via a second communication link 2624.

In some aspects, the communication link between a vehicle and an infrastructure unit (e.g., anchor node, base station, RSU, etc.) may be referred to as a V2I link; the communication link between the vehicle and the network-enabled device or network infrastructure may be referred to as a V2N link; and the communication link between vehicles may be referred to as a V2V link. In some aspects, any of communication links 2614, 2616, 2618, 2620, 2622, 2624, and 2626 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate according to one or more RATs of multiple RATs).

In some aspects, one or more of the vehicles 2610 and 2612 may be equipped with multi-RAT capabilities (e.g., may include multiple transceivers configured to operate on LTE, WLAN, DSRC, mmWave, NR, etc.). Further, the vehicles 2610 and 2612 may be configured to simultaneously connect to multiple infrastructure elements (e.g., 2602, 2604, 2606, and 2608) using a Carrier Aggregation (CA) or Dual Connectivity (DC) based framework (e.g., as may be used for LTE radio technologies and extensions thereof, as well as new communication technologies introduced in 3GPP release 15 and above). The multiple links of the carrier may also be to a wide area macro cell and RSU, or to two different RSUs, or to different carriers/RATs on the same infrastructure unit, etc. The macro cells or RSUs may be connected via a fiber backhaul or self-backhaul system (e.g., backhaul communication links 2614, 2616, and 2620) using orthogonal or the same frequency band.

In some aspects, the infrastructure nodes may also be connected via a cloud RAN architecture, with Remote Radio Heads (RRHs) installed on RSUs. In some aspects, infrastructure nodes may utilize radio stations operating on one or both of unlicensed and Licensed bands to connect (e.g., LTE-WLAN Aggregation (LWA) or Licensed Assisted Access (LAA)). Many of the benefits of DC and CA based frameworks then become available to improve V2I connectivity, enhance existing DSRC and V2X mechanisms, and so on. For example, a DC framework within V2X communication environment 2600 may allow a vehicle (e.g., 2612) to connect with a wide area infrastructure using its host carrier (e.g., an LTE carrier over communication link 2618, although it is contemplated that other radio links may also serve as "host" or "anchor" nodes), and then allow additional connections (e.g., 2622) to local infrastructure nodes (e.g., RSUs 2606) to simultaneously serve the connectivity requirements of the vehicle. Such connectivity may be managed by a central Controller (e.g., a Radio Resource Controller (RRC) at anchor node 2602 in the LTE case, or a multi-RAT coordination or convergence function described below with reference to fig. 40-53).

In some aspects, the specific RSU selection and number of additional RSUs for multilink connectivity may be based on vehicle location, link measurement enhancements reported by the vehicle, current load on the network, connectivity requirements of the vehicle, topology and reachability of additional RSU nodes (in terms of ease of routing traffic through them), and so forth. Furthermore, link measurements to different RSUs for a given vehicle may be collected via backhaul communication or predicted based on past vehicle trajectories and crowd sourcing (crowdsourcing) mechanisms (e.g., through reports from other vehicles, pedestrians, or other devices). The use of the support nodes may also determine additional nodes (e.g., if additional nodes are to be used to assist in handover, connectivity to RSUs may be established along the predicted trajectory, otherwise if reliability is a major concern, a set of RSUs with, for example, the best signal strength or lowest probability of being blocked may be identified).

In some aspects, a vehicle within V2X communication environment 2600 may express preferences for connectivity to a particular node/RAT based on cost considerations and the like (e.g., a vehicle may be configured to always connect to a WLAN node to obtain non-critical information, such as advertising information about nearby restaurants, stores of interest based on vehicle/user profiles, and the like). Once dual connectivity or multi-link connectivity is established, dynamic use of links for routing or aggregating different types of traffic may be governed via Radio Resource Management (RRM) principles described herein.

There are many V2X applications that may benefit from the availability of such multiple V2I link connectivity as shown in fig. 26. In one aspect, as shown in fig. 27, an infrastructure node may broadcast (or unicast) map information to vehicles via different nodes based on the locality of the map information. The infrastructure may also split the data among several nodes (aggregation) to speed up the delivery of map information. Alternatively, map data may be redundantly broadcast from multiple nodes near the vehicle to improve reliability of reception.

Fig. 27 illustrates an exemplary communication flow within the V2X communication environment of fig. 26, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 27, a communication flow 2700 may occur between carriers 2702 (e.g., 2610, 2612), secondary cells 2704, 2706 (e.g., RSUs 2604, 2606, 2608), and anchor cells 2708 (e.g., 2602). During an example setup phase 2710, at 2716, a wide area connection may be established between carrier 2702, secondary cells 2704 and 2706, and anchor cell 2708. At 2718, the measurement configuration can occur based on, for example, communication from the anchor cell 2708. At 2720, one or more measurement reports may be transmitted from carrier 2702, secondary cell 2704, or secondary cell 2706 to anchor cell 2708. Such measurement reports may include, for example, vehicle location, primary or secondary link channel quality information, one or more measurements regarding a secondary node or cell, utility parameters, expected vehicle trajectory information, and so forth. At 2722, one or more optional measurement reports may be transmitted to the anchor cell 2708 via one or more backhaul links (e.g., 2614, 2616, and 2620). The optional measurement reports may include various vehicle-generated measurements, multi-radio backhaul link quality, communication node load measurements, and so on.

In some aspects, an anchor to RSU connection may be established between secondary cell 2704 or secondary cell 2706 and anchor cell 2708 based on the expected trajectory of carrier 2702. At 2726, radio links within V2X communication environment 2600 may be reconfigured by adding one or more new communication nodes based on the connection establishment at 2724.

In some aspects, a radio resource management phase 2712 may be performed at 2712. More specifically, at 2728, the carrier 2702 may establish a connection with secondary cell 2704 or secondary cell 2706 based on, for example, timing associated with a current or estimated carrier trajectory. At 2730, channel quality measurements, trajectory adjustments, or utility parameter adjustments across multiple cells may be transmitted from carrier 2702, secondary cell 2704, and or secondary cell 2706 to anchor cell 2708 for radio resource management. In this regard, utility-based measurements, location information, and trajectory-based measurements are used for radio resource management and to enable predictive multi-radio, multi-link connectivity for vehicles within V2X communication environment 2600.

In some aspects, the visual map data transmission 2714 may occur within the V2X communication environment 2600. For example, at 2732, map data may be transmitted from anchor cell 2708 to vehicle 2702 based on, for example, the current vehicle location. The map data transmitted by anchor cell 2708 may include map data having a base (low) resolution. As the vehicle 2702 travels near the secondary cells 2706 and 2704, additional map data may be transmitted by the secondary cells. For example, at 2734, map data may be transmitted from secondary cell 2706 to carrier 2702. Such map data may be characterized with the same resolution as the map data received from anchor cell 2708, or may be high resolution map data. At 2736, map data may be transmitted from the secondary cell 2704 to the carrier 2702. Such map data may be characterized with the same resolution as the map data received from anchor cell 2708, or may be high resolution map data. In some aspects, the map data received from secondary cells 2704 and 2706 may be redundant with the map data received from anchor cell 2708. In some aspects, the map data received from secondary cells 2704 and 2706 may be cumulative (e.g., different from a combined map that may be assembled at vehicle 2702 using map data received from secondary cells 2704 and 2706 and anchor cell 2708).

Fig. 28 illustrates an exemplary method 2800 for communication within the V2X environment of fig. 26, in accordance with some aspects described herein. In the context of the present disclosure, the method 2800 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 2800 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth.

Referring to fig. 28, an example method 2800 may begin at operation 2802 when a communication link is established with a first node using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers and a first RAT of a plurality of RATs. For example, vehicle 2612 may establish a master communication link 2618 with anchor node 2602 that may be used to receive map data. At operation 2804, a communication link may be established with a second node using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and a second RAT of the multiple RATs. For example, the vehicle 2612 may establish a second communication link 2626 with the RSU 2608. At operation 2806, first map data may be received from a first node via a first RAT communication link. For example, first map data may be received at vehicle 2612 from anchor node 2602 via master link 2618. At operation 2808, second map data may be received from the second node via the second RAT communication link. For example, the vehicle 2612 may receive second map data from the RSU2608 via the communication link 2626. At operation 2810, map data associated with a current location of the communication device may be generated based on the first and second map data. For example, the vehicle 2612 may assemble an updated map based on map data received from the anchor node 2602 and the RSU 2608.

Fig. 29 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multilink connectivity based on V2N/V2I assisted V2V communication, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 29, V2X communication environment 2900 includes a master node 2902 (e.g., a base station or another base station), RSUs 2904, RSUs 2906, and vehicles 2908 and 2914. The carrier 2912 may be connected with a master node 2902 via a master communication link 2914. RSUs 2904 and 2906 may be connected with master node 2902 via communication links 2910 and 2912, respectively. In some aspects, communication links 2910 and 2912 may serve as backhaul communication links. In some aspects, one or more of vehicles 2908-2914 and one or more of RSUs 2904 and 2906 may be communicatively coupled via a secondary communication link. For example, RSU2904 is communicatively coupled with vehicles 2908 and 2912 via secondary communication links 2916 and 2918, respectively. RSU 2906 is communicatively coupled to carrier 2912 via secondary communication link 2926. A V2V connection may also exist between one or more of carriers 2908-2914. For example, carriers 2908 and 2912 are coupled via V2V link 2920, carriers 2910 and 2912 are coupled via V2V link 2922, and carrier 2912 is coupled to carrier 2914 via V2V link 2924.

In some aspects, any of the communication links 2910-2924 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate according to one or more RATs of multiple RATs).

In some aspects, standards for overlay network assisted device-to-device (D2D) communication, such as LTE direct/Prose, may be applicable to managed V2V connections within the V2X communication environment 2900. Furthermore, there may be many extensions of this standard, such as extending the existing framework to those standards that use different RATs on the V2I and V2V links. For example, V2I links (e.g., 2916, 2918, 2914, and 2926) may be based on LTE, NR, WLAN RAT, while V2V connectivity (e.g., communication link 2920 and 2924) may be based on WiFi direct, WiFi aware, LTE direct, or "NR-Things" (NR-Things) connectivity framework. Further, the V2V link may be combined with one or more V2I links established via Carrier Aggregation (CA) or Direct Connection (DC) framework (e.g., LTE CA or LTE DC framework).

In some aspects within V2X communication environment 2900, the role of the V2I link may be to provide a control plane to manage V2V connectivity, such as V2V discovery, V2V resource allocation, V2V synchronization, and so forth. In this framework, a centralized mechanism can be used to add and manage V2V links in the form of additional carriers, similar to the LTE-based framework. In some aspects, such a framework may be extended to accommodate other V2V radios (DSRC, bluetooth, etc.). In some aspects, LTE or cellular radio may not be the "primary" control anchor (e.g., 2902) for managing V2V connections, where WLAN/DSRC extensions may be used as control anchors to manage V2V links. In an aspect, the concept of a common convergence function (e.g., as described with reference to fig. 40-53) may be used to enable this coordination.

In setting up V2V cooperation, infrastructure nodes (e.g., 2602) may be configured to provide assistance in "neighbor discovery" coordination of radio resources for V2V connection setup through notification of communication enabling information (e.g., bandwidth availability and pricing) to encourage different vehicles to cooperate with each other, to provide advice to enable connection with vehicles that may provide safety critical information or advanced warnings (e.g., connection with vehicles that are not directly in-line of sight via a relay node such as an RSU), and so forth. Alternatively, infrastructure nodes may more closely manage V2V cooperation and may be configured to dynamically schedule V2V connectivity and cooperation, e.g., via an algorithm and Radio Resource Management (RRM) framework described later (e.g., with reference to fig. 39).

In some aspects, devices within the V2X communication environment 2900 may also combine V2V connectivity with V2I connectivity to improve link diversity and reliability. Such devices may be configured to combine V2V and V2I links to obtain higher data rates, or may be configured to use different links for different types of traffic to obtain improved QoS. In some aspects, two vehicles may be configured to connect with each other via one or more direct V2V links, and also connect with each other via additional hops through the RSU to increase link diversity. Such a vehicle may be configured to redundantly send data over both links (e.g., as discussed with reference to fig. 17-25) to improve reliability in the event that either link is blocked (the V2X and V2I links may not necessarily use the same radio).

Alternatively, the infrastructure link may be maintained in a "standby" mode and opportunistically used in the event of a V2V link degradation. The V2V link may degrade due to vehicles moving out of range, or due to interference and congestion (e.g., congestion on unlicensed bands), while the V2I routed link may still be available. In some aspects, V2V connectivity management may be handled by a general algorithmic framework with network/infrastructure assistance, such that V2I and V2V links may be selected (and often combined) to improve link or system performance according to different metrics.

In some aspects, network-assisted predictive setup of multilink connectivity within V2X communication environment 2900 may include V2I or V2V links based on channel quality, vehicle trajectory, vehicle location information, and so forth to increase V2X communication efficiency within environment 2900. For example, a V2V link between vehicles 2912 and 2908 may be established with V2I assistance based on device neighborhood map information. In addition, redundant links may be used to improve the reliability of connections to non-line-of-sight communication links.

Fig. 30 illustrates an exemplary communication flow within the V2X communication environment of fig. 29, in accordance with aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 30, an example communication flow 3000 may occur between a first vehicle 3002, a line of sight (LOS) vehicle 3004, a non-line of sight (NLOS) vehicle 3006, a secondary cell 3008, a secondary cell 3010, and an anchor cell 3012. Carriers 3002-3006 may be any of carriers 2908-2914 in fig. 29. Secondary cells 3008 and 3010 may be any of RSUs 2904 and 2906, and anchor cell 3012 may be primary node 2902.

At 3016, a wide area communication link may be established between the carriers 3002 and 3006, the secondary cells 3008 and 3010, and the anchor cell 3012. Further, at 3016, measurement reporting may occur between the V2X enabled device 3002 and 3012. For example, the measurement report may include location information, trajectory information, link utility preferences, communication link quality measurements, and the like associated with the communication link between one or more of V2X-enabled devices 3002-3012. At 3018, measurement reporting may optionally occur over one or more of backhaul communication links 2910 and 2912. For example, the measurement reports that may be provided via the backhaul communication link may include one or more measurements associated with any of vehicles 2908 and 2914, multi-radio backhaul link quality, communication load measurements, and so forth. At 3020, one or more measurement reports may optionally be transmitted from the vehicle 3002 or the vehicles 3004 and 3006 to the secondary cell 3008 (e.g., RSU2904 or 2906).

At 3014, anchor cell 3012 may create a map of the vehicle location based on the received measurement report information and collect multi-radio, multi-link connectivity information, e.g., utility preferences, traffic load information, etc., associated with one or more of V2X enabled devices 3002 and 3010 within V2X communication environment 2900. At 3022, the anchor cell 3012 may optionally provide local map information updates to one or more of the secondary cells 3008 and 3010. At 3024, the secondary cell 3008 or 3010 may form local map information based on the map information updates received from the anchor cell 3012. At 3026, the anchor cell 3012 may provide assistance to one or more of the V2X enabled devices 3002 and 3010 to enable proximity-based neighbor device discovery. At 3028, the anchor cell 3012 may assist the V2X to enable V2V connectivity for one or more of the devices 3002-3006 based on utility, channel quality, networking topology, communication link load information, and so on. At 3030, the secondary cell 3008 or 3010 may optionally provide assistance to the vehicle 3002 to enable neighbor device discovery based on proximity information. More specifically, the secondary cell may inform the vehicle 3002 of nearby V2X-enabled devices based on the current location of the vehicle 3002. At 3032, opportunistic V2V communication may occur between carrier 3002 and carrier 3004 or 3006. The V2V communication exchange may include sensory information obtained from one or more of the sensors within vehicle 3002.

At 3036, the anchor cell 3012 may actively establish a connection with the LOS vehicle 3004 based on the trajectory information of the vehicle 3002. The anchor cell 3012 may also establish a connection with one or more of the secondary cells 3008 and 3010 and may also provide radio link management assistance to one or more of the V2X enabled devices 3002 and 3010. At 3034, the anchor cell 3012 may provide assistance to the vehicle 3002 to enable neighbor device discovery based on the movement trajectory of the vehicle 3002 or the V2X communication plan associated with the vehicle 3002. At 3038, one or more of secondary cells 3008 and 3010 or vehicles 3004 and 3006 may provide neighbor device discovery information to vehicle 3002. At 3040, the anchor cell 3012 may optionally provide connection setup information to the secondary cell 3010 to establish a connection with any of the V2X enabled devices 3002-3008. At 3042, the NLOS carrier 3006 may transmit sensor data to the carrier 3002 via a communication link with the LOS carrier 3004 and/or a communication link to one or more of the secondary cells 3008-3010 in communication with the carrier 3002. At 3044, the vehicle 3006 may transmit sensor data to one or more of the secondary cells 3008 and 3010 and the anchor cell 3012. At 3046, the secondary cell 3010 having received the sensor data from the vehicle 3006 may transmit the sensor data to the vehicle 3002 via a separate communication link.

Fig. 31 illustrates an exemplary method 3100 for communication within the V2X environment of fig. 29, in accordance with some aspects described herein. In the context of the present disclosure, method 3100 may be performed by a hardware processor. However, the method 3100 may be performed by other hardware or software components, such as a processing circuit, a microprocessor, a Central Processing Unit (CPU), and so forth.

Referring to fig. 31, example method 3100 may begin at 3102 when control information received from an infrastructure node via a communication link of a first RAT of a multi-RAT is decoded. The control information may include V2V device discovery information. For example, the vehicle 2912 may receive device discovery information from the master anchor node 2902 via the V2I master communication link 2914. The device discovery information may include, for example, information associated with second vehicle 2908. At 3104, a first V2V communication link may be established with the second node based on the V2V device discovery information. The first V2V communication link may be established while maintaining the first RAT communication link active, and the first V2V communication link may use a second RAT of the multi-RAT. For example, the first V2V communication link may be a direct V2V communication link 2920 between vehicles 2908 and 2912. At 3106, a second V2V communication link may be established with the second node via the intermediate node based on the V2V device discovery information. For example, vehicle 2912 may also establish a second V2V communication link with vehicle 2908 via RSU2904 (e.g., via communication links 2916 and 2918).

Fig. 32 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity based on V2V assisted V2I/V2N links, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 32, V2X communication environment 3200 includes a master node 3202 (e.g., a base station or another base station), an RSU 3204, and a carrier 3206 and 3214. Carriers 3206 and 3214 may be connected with master node 3202 via V2N links 3230, 3232, 3234, 3236, and 3238, respectively. RSU 3204 may be coupled with master node 3202 via backhaul link 3240. Furthermore, RSU 3204 may be coupled to vehicles 3206, 3208, 3210, and 3212 via V2I links 3222, 3224, 3226, and 3228, respectively. Vehicles 3206 and 3208 may be coupled via V2V link 3216. Vehicles 3210 and 3212 may be coupled via a V2V link 3218, and vehicles 3212 and 3214 may be coupled via a V2V link 3220.

In some aspects, any of communication links 3206-3240 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate in accordance with one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, the V2X communication environment 3200 may include V2X-enabled devices, which V2X-enabled devices may be configured for cooperative communication to improve the quality of the V2I link through V2V coordination (possibly through multiple links). In some aspects, the vehicles involved in V2V cooperation may be configured to share TX/RX data intended for the V2I link also over the V2V link. This sharing of information allows for improved link diversity, reduced interference through interference cancellation, and so on. In some aspects, infrastructure nodes (e.g., 3202 and 3204) may be configured to broadcast (or unicast) map information to vehicles within a coverage area based on a locality in which the map information is located. The vehicle may then further share map information with other vehicles that are not in direct coverage of the infrastructure node. Alternatively, when the sender RSUs are in close proximity, the V2I transmissions may interfere with each other. In instances where neighboring nodes listening for different RSUs share received data with neighboring devices with which they interfere, the cooperating node may use this data to cancel interference from the desired signal.

In some aspects, a macro cell associated with master node 3202 may split map data between two or more carriers (e.g., 3212 and 3214). The vehicles may then cooperate to complete the overall map information (e.g., map aggregation using V2V links).

In some aspects, the RSU 3204 may broadcast map data to multiple vehicles (e.g., 3208 and 3212). Vehicles may then cooperate among each other via the V2V link to share map data to create redundancy and improve reliability of the V2I link.

In some aspects, the vehicle 3206 may report sensing information to the RSU 3204 via the V2I link 3222, and may then also cooperate with nearby vehicles 3208 that are closer to the RSU 3204 to redundantly send the same information via the V2V link 3216 combined with the V2I link 3224.

Fig. 33 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-hop V2X links using V2I/V2N and V2V communication links, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 33, a V2X communication environment 3300 includes a master node 3302 (e.g., an enodeb or another type of base station), an RSU 3304, and a vehicle 3306 and 3312. Carriers 3306-3312 may be connected to master node 3302 via V2N links 3318, 3320, 3322, and 3324, respectively. The RSU 3304 may be coupled with the master node 3302 via a backhaul link 3326. Further, RSU 3304 may be coupled to vehicles 3306 and 3308 via V2I links 3328 and 3330, respectively. Vehicles 3308 and 3310 may be coupled via a V2V link 3332, and vehicles 3310 and 3312 may be coupled via a V2V link 3334.

In some aspects, any of communication links 3318-3334 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate in accordance with one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, the V2I and V2V links within the V2X communication environment 330 may operate on different frequency bands or radio stations and may be combined together to establish multi-hop links between infrastructure nodes (base stations 3302 and RSUs 3304) and end-point carriers (e.g., 3306-. In some aspects, multi-radio, multi-link capable devices within V2X communication environment 3330 may be configured to use several multi-hop links to improve link diversity, as well as data rates. In some aspects, two vehicles targeted to establish a direct V2V link at the application layer to exchange non-proximity information (e.g., "look ahead" about road conditions in different local areas or around corners) may be connected via an infrastructure link to reach each other vehicle or node, or may use an intermediate vehicle as a relay (e.g., possibly connected with each other through different types of radio links). Similarly, a vehicle may reach a neighboring vehicle through an intermediate node and use more than one radio link to improve diversity.

In some aspects, a communication link 3314 may be established between the vehicle 3312 and the vehicle 3308 through cooperation with the vehicle 3310. In this regard, the V2V link 3314 between vehicles 3312 and 3308 may include multi-hop V2V links 3332 and 3334. Collaboration between carriers 3308-3312 may be performed with network assistance.

In an example, the vehicles 3306 and 3308 may be non-line-of-sight vehicles with respect to each other. A communication link 3316 may be established between the vehicle 3308 and the vehicle 3306 so that the vehicle 3308 may receive information that is accessible to the vehicle 3306 but not accessible to the vehicle 3308. The V2V communication link 3316 may be established by utilizing the RSU 3304 as an intermediate node and utilizing the V2I communication links 3330 and 3328.

In an example, V2V connectivity and scheduling within V2X communication environment 3300 may be accomplished under network control as described, for example, in fig. 29-31.

Fig. 34 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-link V2V communication, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 34, V2X communication environment 3400 includes a master node 3402 (e.g., an enodeb or another type of base station) and a vehicle 3404 and 3410. Vehicles 3406 + 3410 may be connected with master node 3402 via V2I communication links 3422, 3424, and 3426, respectively. Vehicles 3404 and 3406 may be coupled via V2V links 3412 and 3414. Vehicles 3406 and 3408 may be coupled via V2V link 3416, and vehicles 3408 and 3410 may be coupled via V2V link 3418. Vehicles 3406 and 3410 may also be coupled via a direct V2V communication link 3420.

In some aspects, any of the communication links 3412-3426 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate according to one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, one or more multi-radio, multi-band capable devices (e.g., vehicle 3404 and 3410) may be configured to form a V2V connection over several links to improve reliability, data rate, latency, and so forth.

In some aspects, vehicle 3410 and vehicle 3406 may share sensing information over V2V connection 3428. The V2V connection 3428 may be based on a direct V2V communication link 3420, which may be an LTE based communication link or a low frequency NR communication link. V2V communication link 3428 may also be based on multi-hop links through cooperation with vehicles 3408 and V2V communication links 3416 and 3418. In some examples, base level sensing information may be transmitted over LTE direct V2V link 3420, additional resolution data may be shared between vehicles 3406 and 3410 over V2V links 3416 and 3418.

In some aspects, the vehicle 3406 may establish a connection 3430 with the vehicle 3404 to access information available to the vehicle 3404 but not available to the vehicle 3406. Since no RSU is available near vehicles 3404 and 3406 (e.g., a V2I communication link is not available), vehicles 3404 and 3406 may be connected using LTE-based or low frequency-based RAT links 3412 and 3414. In some examples, low resolution data may be shared over LTE links and high resolution data may be shared over millimeter wave high bandwidth links.

In an example, V2V connectivity and scheduling within the V2X communication environment 3400 may be accomplished under network control as described in, for example, fig. 29-31.

Fig. 35 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-radio, multi-link mesh backhaul in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 35, a V2X communication environment 3500 includes a master node 3502 (e.g., an enodeb or another type of base station), RSUs 3504 & 3508, and carriers 3510 & 3514. RSU3504-3508 may be connected with master node 3516 via backhaul communication links 3520, 3518, and 3516, respectively. RSU3504-3508 may be coupled to each other via RSU-to- RSU communication links 3526, 3528, and 3530. Vehicle 3510 may be connected with RSUs 3508 and 3506 using V2I communication links 3522 and 3524, respectively. Vehicles 3512 and 3514 may be coupled to RSU3504 via V2I communication links 3532 and 3534, respectively.

In some aspects, any of the communication links 3516-3534 may be a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate in accordance with one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, one or more multi-radio, multi-band capable devices (e.g., vehicle 3510 & 3514 & RSU3504 & 3508) may be configured to form a connection over several links to improve reliability, data rates, latency, and so forth. In this regard, the multi-link connectivity concepts described herein may also be extended and applied to backhaul/fronthaul connection RSUs, anchor cell to RSU communications, and carrier to RSU or anchor cell communications.

In some aspects, RSU 3508 may report the sensing information received from vehicle 3510 to master node 3502 via backhaul communication link 3516. To improve communication reliability within the V2X environment 3500, RSU 3508 may also redundantly send the same sensed information to node 3502 via communication path 3536 utilizing RSU-to-RSU intermediate link 3528 and backhaul communication link 3520.

In some aspects, the sensory information received by any of the RSUs 3504-3508 from any of the vehicles 3510-3514 may be shared between the RSUs using one or more of the communication links 3526-3530.

In some aspects, the master node 3502 may transmit map information to RSUs 3504 and 3506 via communication links 3520 and 3518, respectively. RSUs 3504 and 3506 may redundantly send received information to each other via communication link 3530 to improve data communication reliability. In some instances, map data of possibly different resolutions may be sent to different RSUs or different map data together may be transmitted to different RSUs. The RSUs may then send information to each other to collaborate and collect complete map information or augment existing map data.

Fig. 36 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multiple-link connectivity based on multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) intermediaries, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 36, V2X communication environment 3600 includes a master node 3602 (e.g., an enodeb or another type of base station), an RSU 3604, and a vehicle 3606-. RSU 3604 may connect with master node 3602 via backhaul communication link 3614. RSU 3604 may be coupled to vehicle 3606 via V2I communication link 3628. Vehicles 3606, 3608, and 3610 may be communicatively coupled with master node 3602 using V2N communication links 3616, 3618, and 3620, respectively. Further, the vehicles 3606 and 3612 may be coupled to each other using V2V communication links 3622, 3624, and 3626, as shown in fig. 36.

In some aspects, any of communication links 3614-3628 may comprise a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate in accordance with one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, one or more of the communication devices within V2X environment 3600 may include multiple antennas, which may be configured for MIMO communication. In instances where a vehicle (e.g., 3606-. For example, the vehicles 3606 and 3610 may use MIMO transmission with multiple sets of antennas to establish separate communication links to multiple other vehicles (e.g., the vehicle 3610 is communicatively coupled to the vehicles 3608 and 3612 via two separate V2V links) or to a vehicle and one or more other communication nodes (e.g., the vehicle 3606 is communicatively coupled to the RSU 3604 and the vehicle 3608 via separate communication links 3628 and 3622, respectively).

Further, such a system may be used to form multiple beams, each directed to a different node in the system. Such connectivity may be useful in densely populated streets or intersections where additional spatial degrees of freedom and flexibility in assigning them to V2I or V2V links may be useful (e.g., in dense communication scenarios, it may not be feasible to sufficiently spatially isolate different beams on a V2X network, and cross-beam interference may be present). As mentioned above, opportunistic utilization of V2V, V2I, or RSU-RSU cooperation (e.g., possibly on unlicensed bands) may help mitigate cross-beam interference.

In some aspects, the vehicle 3610 may redundantly transmit sensed information using multiple beams formed through multi-antenna processing using separate communication links 3624 and 3626 using a MIMO configuration of its antenna array. Similarly, the vehicle 3606 may transmit to the vehicle 3608 and the RSU 3604 simultaneously using multiple beams formed through multi-antenna processing.

Fig. 37 illustrates an exemplary V2X communication environment with multi-link connectivity enabled via Mobile Edge Computing (MEC) in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 37, a V2X communication environment 3700 may include a MEC application server 3702, a master node (e.g., base station) 3704, RSUs 3706 and 3708, and vehicles 3710 and 3714. In some aspects, the RSU 3708 may be a 3GPP enabled RSU and the RSU 3706 may be a DSRC enabled RSU. MEC application server 3702 may be communicatively coupled to base station 3704 and RSU 3706 via communication links 3716 and 3718, respectively. Base station 3704 may be communicatively coupled to RSU 3708, carrier 3710, and carrier 3712 via communication links 3720, 3722, and 3724, respectively. RSU 3708 may be communicatively coupled to carrier 3710 via communication link 3726. RSU 3706 may be communicatively coupled to carriers 3712 and 3714 via communication links 3730 and 3732, respectively. Vehicles 3710 and 3712 may be communicatively coupled via a communication link 3728.

In some aspects, any of communication links 3716-3732 may comprise a multi-link connection (e.g., using multiple communication links via a single transceiver chain) or a multi-radio link (e.g., using communication links via multiple transceiver chains, where each transceiver chain may operate in accordance with one or more RATs of a multi-RAT).

In some aspects, the use of the MEC server 3702 near the users (i.e., near the base station 3704 and RSUs 3706 and 3708) may facilitate multi-link communications. The MEC 3702 may be configured to operate as an application server for the V2X communication environment 3700, and may be configured to select one or more links over which to send communication messages. For example, certain messages may be sent in all links for redundancy purposes. Other messages may be technology specific due to their QoS requirements, or the type of information in the message may be technology specific. One or more devices within the V2X communication environment 3700 may be configured to support multiple links, and such devices will receive messages using any of the multiple RATs used by the MEC 3702, while single link support devices will not be able to provide such support.

For example, referring to fig. 37, MEC Application Server (AS) 3702 has two messages to send, message 1 and message 2. The MEC AS may determine to send message 1 to the base station 3704 via LTE communication techniques and to send message 2 to the RSU 3706 via DSRC communication techniques. Carrier 3710 may receive message 1 via 3GPP RSU 3708 (because it is in the vicinity of the RSU) and may also receive a copy of the same message 1 via macrocell base station 3704 via communication link 3722. Carrier 3712 is outside the coverage of 3GPP RSU 3708, but in the coverage of DSRC RSU 3706. Thus, carrier 3712 can receive message 1 via base station connection 3722 and message 2 via DSRC RSU via communication link 3730 (carrier 3712 can rebroadcast message 2 via D2D channel (sidelink) 3728, such that carrier 3710 can receive message 2 via sidelink). In this example, the carrier 3714 does not support multiple links, and thus, the carrier 3714 may only receive message 2 via the connection 3732 to the DSRC RSU 3706.

As described herein, the multi-RAT, multi-link connectivity use case may provide benefits when applied in a V2X communication environment. The following are some benefits according to some aspects:

the reliability is enhanced. In some aspects, multi-link connections may improve link reliability by introducing time, frequency, and spatial diversity. For example, signals on multiple links, on the same or different nodes, using the same or different frequency bands may be combined at PHY/MAC (or higher layers) to improve link SINR (e.g., by combining gain, and by using cooperative interference reduction). The signal may also be used to retransmit the packet on an alternate link (e.g., cross-link retransmission/HARQ) in the event of a failure of the primary link. In some cases, several links may be kept in hot standby so that they may be activated or used for fall back if the primary link is down. Furthermore, multi-link coding techniques at the PHY/MAC or network layers may be applied to improve overall link reliability. Furthermore, the multi-link scheduler may be configured to perform multi-link scheduling on multiple active links to use more reliable links at a given scheduling instant. The above-described techniques may be used to reduce interruptions in V2X systems and improve system reliability.

The data rate is enhanced. In some aspects, multiple connections may be used to simultaneously send data over multiple V2I/V2N, V2V links, and over a combination of links that span V2V and V2I connections. Multi-link aggregation may also provide benefits towards improving the overall peak rate of the link and possibly reducing latency.

And (4) coverage enhancement. In some aspects, multi-link, multi-hop relaying may improve coverage for V2X communications. For example, a carrier that is remote from the RSU may utilize a nearby carrier that has a better connection to the RSU. Cooperation over the V2V link or between infrastructure nodes (e.g., via backhaul links) may allow interference reduction, cancellation, and SINR improvement through cooperation.

And (4) enhancing the QoS. In some aspects, the selection and picking of links that match the traffic requirements of a given V2X connection may be useful in improving QoS. For example, for delay sensitive traffic, the link with the lowest delay may be used, while a higher data rate link (e.g., mmWave) may be used to convey the bulk sensing information. For example, the control link establishing V2X, V2I connectivity may always be carried over a reliable licensed band link, while the downloading of map information may be performed over a higher bandwidth link (e.g., mmWave, for reducing latency).

The control channel is enhanced. In some aspects, similar to dual connectivity links, having more reliable links (possibly with wider coverage) may provide more reliable and stable control channel connections. Reliable control channels may be used to orchestrate different types of multi-link connectivity, radio resource allocation, interference control, mobility management, and so on. In some aspects, it may also be possible to assign multiple links to a transmission control channel to achieve improved diversity and reliability.

The handover is enhanced. In some aspects, multi-link connectivity may facilitate "make-before-break" connections, allowing lower handoff delays and interruption times. The number of handovers required is also reduced when establishing multi-link connectivity over links that may have wide area coverage.

The sensing is enhanced. In some aspects, multiple links may also be used to develop more reliable sensing mechanisms, such as improved position estimation by using multiple links (multiple sources of radar).

In some aspects, a multilink discovery protocol may be used to establish multilink communications. Multi-link discovery may be based on different approaches and may depend on the type of link being discovered (e.g., V2I, V2X, WLAN, LTE, etc.). The following techniques may be used, for example, for multilink discovery:

centralized/network assisted. In some aspects, a central network controller (e.g., associated with a base station) may be configured to provide assistance for link discovery and may schedule or recommend multiple links for communication in a centralized manner. This assistance may be provided, for example, for V2I links, where discovery of the V2V link will be decided by the UE implementation and may use the discovery method provided by the local V2V protocol. In some aspects, both the V2I and V2V links may be scheduled by a central controller. Broadcast mechanisms may also be used to discover RSUs or other vehicles.

distributed/UE assisted. In some aspects, the discovery process may be partially distributed in that the multi-RAT vehicle may be configured to monitor several RATs for connections and establish connections independently of a central controller. In some aspects, V2V instead of V2I assists may be useful for discovery of upcoming situations with nearby RSUs.

Based on learning. In some aspects, for vehicles following consistent trajectories, base stations and RSUs in the vicinity of the route traveled may be learned and used to minimize the time of the discovery process. Learning can occur using a variety of techniques, such as via trained Artificial Neural Networks (ANN), statistical models, or simply mapping detected base stations or RSUs, among others. Taking the example of a map, a previous trip (e.g., commute) may have detected several base stations at fixed locations along the route. In future recurrences of commutes, the prediction of the base station location may be used, for example, to avoid re-occurrence of the base station, but instead to reconnect to the base station using a compact form of connection (e.g., using pre-negotiated link setup parameters).

And (4) controlling a protocol. In some aspects, multi-link connection establishment, multi-link radio resource management, interference control, and the like may be centralized or partially distributed. Similar to discovery protocols, the control of establishing multi-link connectivity may be centralized (e.g., controlled or assisted by the network) or may be distributed UE/device based.

In some aspects, the following radio resource management techniques may be used for multi-link connectivity:

and optimizing the network utility. In some aspects, to assist in establishing multiple connectivity, a general "utility" based framework may be used that seeks to balance maximizing the overall utility of establishing multiple links with the cost of operating with them. The utility framework may allow per-user/device utilities to be defined as a combination of utilities on different traffic types. The network may then collectively optimize system-wide utility in view of per-user/device utility.

Furthermore, the cost of using multiple links may be taken into account within the optimization framework. One example metric that may be used to impart cost to multi-link collaboration (multi-hop or cooperative links) is the proportion of time a link spends to "assist" or relay another "primary" link. Other cost functions may also be used, such as giving penalties based on power consumption, and the like.

As an example, for a centralized decision-making function focused on maximizing aggregate (fair distribution) throughput, the per-link optimization metric may take the form:

Ui(Reffi)=ui(f(R1,...,Rk))+Ci(1-βi)

here, ReffIs the overall throughput obtained for the ith user/device after cooperation is considered, and βiIs the proportion of time it takes to assist other devices or links. For example, the ith vehicle may act as a relay to forward data from the RSU to another vehicle while also receiving data for itself. In allocating resources, the central controller can make a decision as to when to send data to vehicle i, while making a decision as to when to use the device as a relay. Here, the central controller may take into account the cost of the relay in its decision making function.

Flow control. In some aspects, multilink management may be associated with ensuring stability of queues in a network. This may be achieved via controlling scheduling and routing decisions, e.g., packet arrival rates at each queue on a network node are maintained to ensure queue stability at each node. For example, a queue may have a known capacity and processing delay (e.g., the time to process and remove packets from the queue), and thus a known (or estimable) rate at which it can reliably accept traffic. To avoid over-saturation of a queue, traffic may be routed to a different queue (e.g., in a different node) when a threshold traffic rate for that queue is approached. In an example, traffic can be throttled by modifying a schedule or the like of a packet source (e.g., a requestor). Queue stability may thus be maintained through these traffic management techniques.

Once the overall utility of each device is defined, the central scheduler may be configured to maximize the aggregate utility across all devices. Each device may be configured to make a "greedy" decision, for example, regarding combining links or selecting links. For example, it may greedily maximize its utility without regard to cost, or penalize itself based on the proportion of time it uses multiple links (it may be assumed that it wishes to keep links free for collaboration if it seeks to accept help from others). Alternative variations and formulations are also contemplated.

While the utility formulation in the above example equation is defined for effective throughput, utility may be defined with respect to other metrics, such as SNR/SINR for reliability, latency for delay sensitive traffic, and so forth. In this framework, numerical utility values can be used to unify different metrics as part of one framework. Similarly, the cost function may also be defined as a function of different metrics (e.g., additional power consumed during relaying, or additional cost of using additional links, etc.).

In some aspects, a utility function may be subjectively defined to measure the perceived importance of a given metric to users, but in general a concave function (e.g., the logarithm of a given metric) may be sufficient to guide a fair allocation of resources among users. In some aspects, "effective throughput" (or an equivalent effective metric, e.g., combined SINR) may be used to handle multi-link transmissions. In an alternative formulation, utility can be expressed directly as a function of per-link metrics and then combined.

In some aspects, the concept of utility may be different for different devices in the network. For example, the end-user device may measure utility as a function of user or QoS satisfaction (e.g., vehicles may weight links for exchanging safety-critical information with highest utility), where the network is operable to address system-wide utility (e.g., aggregate utility among users, overall network utilization on the network). Combining utilities from different perspectives and exchanging these utilities over a network may also be included in an overall framework.

Fig. 38 illustrates an exemplary communication flow for communications associated with radio resource management for multi-link connectivity within a V2X communication environment, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 29 and 38, an example communication flow 3800 may occur between first vehicle 3802, line-of-sight (LOS) vehicle 3804, non-line-of-sight (NLOS) vehicle 3806, secondary cell 3808, secondary cell 3810, and anchor cell 3812. Carriers 3802-3806 may be any of carriers 2908-2914 in fig. 29. Secondary cells 3808 and 3810 may be any of RSUs 2904 and 2906, and anchor cell 3812 may be primary node 2902.

At 3814, a wide area communication link may be established between the carriers 3802 & 3806, the secondary cells 3808 & 3810 and the anchor cell 3812. Further, at 3814, measurement reporting may occur between the V2X enabled device 3802 and 3812. For example, the measurement report may include location information associated with a communication link between one or more of V2X enabled device 3802 and 3812, trajectory information associated with the mobile vehicle, link utility preferences, communication link quality measurements, and so forth. At 3816, a V2V communication link may be established between two or more of carriers 3802-3806. At 3818, secondary cells 3808 and 3810 (which may be RSUs) may form local map information, which may include device map information associated with the V2X communication environment of device 3802 and 3812.

At 3820, anchor cell 3812 may create a map of the carrier location based on information obtained during the measurement report at 3814 and information collected at 3818 by secondary cells 3808 and 3810. Anchor cell 3812 may also gather information regarding multiradios, multilink connectivity preferences, utility preferences, and communication link load information.

At 3822, opportunistic V2V communication may occur between two or more of carriers 3802-3806. In some aspects, sensing information may be exchanged during opportunistic V2V communications. At 3824, anchor cell 3812 may facilitate V2V connectivity for one or more of vehicles 3802-. In some aspects, at 3826, the user device (e.g., a vehicle terminal device within vehicle 3802) may adapt one or more weighting preferences based on vehicle 3802 expected trajectory information to indicate a preference for lower band RAT communication. As a result, the carrier terminal device may adaptively change one or more parameters of the utility function to derive more utility from the increased SINR associated with the communication link. At 3828, the vehicle 3802 may update utility function parameters and weights with the anchor cell 3812 to indicate one or more preferences for coverage and RAT for communication links that may provide better coverage and have better signal quality. At 3832, the anchor cell 3812 may establish connectivity to the vehicle 3802 through the lower band RAT based on the updated utility and the multi-RAT preference indicated by the vehicle 3802.

At 3830, anchor cell 3812 may optionally provide assistance to vehicle 3804 to enable proximity device discovery. At 3834, the anchor cell 3812 may also provide assistance to the vehicle 3802 to enable proximity device discovery. At 3836, sensor data may be transmitted from vehicle 3804 to vehicle 3802 after a V2V communication link has been established between vehicles 3802 and 3804.

In some aspects described herein, different utility functions may be defined and combined across metrics and links to obtain a net utility metric. Fig. 39 illustrates exemplary diagrams 3902, 3904, and 3906 of utility functions for network traffic with different quality of service requirements within a V2X communications environment, in accordance with aspects described herein. Fig. 39 illustrates how utility functions may be defined for traffic having different quality of service requirements. For example, the utility function 3902 defined for voice traffic seeks to maintain a minimum rate for voice calls. Once this minimum data rate is achieved, the user does not receive additional utility. Similarly, for time sensitive traffic (fig. 3906), the user gets no utility for data delivered beyond the delay period. In some aspects, the delay period may also be calculated as a minimum throughput that needs to be maintained beyond which the utility approaches zero. Once utilities are defined for different traffic types supported by a user/device, different utility functions can be combined consistently.

In some aspects, extended utility formulation may be used in a V2X communication environment. For example, the per-device utility for each communication link may be assumed to be derived based on utilities over several attributes, and weighting of such attributes may be based on operator, user, or network considerations. In some aspects, user/device utility may be defined in terms of attributes such as cost, throughput, power efficiency, latency, and the like. Specifically, the utility of the ith user on the jth attribute may be given as:

Ui,j(Reffi)=wjui(f(xi,j,1,…,xi,j,k))

which may be further decomposed into components based on operator and user preferences (e.g., a product of weighted utilities based on operator or user/device preferences may be calculated). Utility functions may be used to characterize the usefulness of attributes for a user/device, while utility weights may be used to characterize relative preferences for attributes.

In some aspects, given a particular value of a property of interest, the utility function may be parameterized to obtain a different utility function. In this regard, the utility definition may be application dependent and may be set differently for each attribute and user. As described above, for best effort (best effort) data, a linear function of throughput may be applicable, where increasing throughput yields increasing user utility. In the case of a speech application, a step function may be applied where the utility is zero below a minimum threshold rate and fixed above it. The utility function may be parameterized by a discrete set of parameters that may fully characterize the utility function. Adjusting the parameters may change the slope and mean position of the utility function. Thus, adaptive changing utility as preferences or network/channel conditions change may be achieved. In addition, such changes may be communicated over the network by simply communicating the parameters of the utility function.

In some aspects, several methods for combining utilities on different attributes may be used. Possibly, each device may combine these utilities, or a central entity may combine and weight the device utilities among the metrics. For example, attributes such as user throughput are dependent on load and how resources are allocated among communication links, and it may be more preferable for the network to combine utility among different attributes. To combine utilities, the utilities may be added together with the same weight, or a product of the utilities may be calculated. Other options may also be used, for example the weighting of each attribute may be determined by calculating its relative entropy over a given set of attribute values.

In some aspects in the context of a V2X communication network, centralized Radio Resource Management (RRM) may be performed at the RSU or via the macro cell depending on the particular use case. In some examples, RRM may also be performed by a specified vehicle, such as a queue of vehicles or a specified captain within a team. In some aspects, each individual vehicle may optimize local utility to perform link selection/aggregation, and so on. In an aspect, measurements, exchange of utility information, link preferences, and the like, and resource assignments may be performed over a common control link (e.g., a cellular link), which may ensure reliability of such communications. In other aspects, especially where distributed RRM is enabled, vehicles may opportunistically exchange measurement information with local V2V links, or such coordination is exchanged via V2I assistance from RSUs that may act as a repository for "radio environment maps" and possess knowledge about vehicle trajectories, vehicle distribution and available resources (in terms of RSUs nearby, services available for V2X use (e.g., directory servers to download maps), connectivity information, etc.).

In some aspects, optimizing multi-link communications among the various communication scenarios discussed herein may include a large amount of information exchange within a network in both distributed and (partially) centralized modes of operation. The techniques discussed herein may use a multilink-based control channel to exchange measurement, feedback, and control information. In some aspects, coded transmissions may be employed to improve reliability of control channels. In other aspects, the control information may be encoded into blocks and redundantly transmitted over multiple links such that a subset of the received information is sufficient to decode the control information. For example, both DSRC and LTE bands may be used simultaneously to issue control signaling information.

In some aspects, possible multi-link aggregation may occur at different depths in the protocol stack (e.g., multiple links may be combined at the PHY layer, as is the case with channel bonding in WLAN systems, or at the MAC or PDCP layer, as is the case with LTE CA and DC modes).

In some aspects, the convergence function of multiradios may be used for vehicular communications as well as other V2X communication scenarios. Given the need for mobility and fast transitions between radio stations and the availability to utilize multiple connections for each location, V2X multi-radio convergence may be used in alternative architectures and mechanisms to address challenges related to multi-radio communications (in the V2X scenario). V2X multiradio convergence may also improve performance and user experience by sharing context, management, and other information with the use cases among radios for various V2X, as discussed in more detail below.

In some aspects, the V2X convergence function may be configured to perform one or more of the following functions, for example: (a) enhanced accuracy is obtained with positioning/ranging measurements/information available from all radio stations; (b) using location information, interference, coverage, throughput and other information provided by each radio and context to select which radio to use for each application and to smoothly transition between radios when needed; (c) allows for interference mitigation between radios within a V2X device; d) allowing interference reduction between multiple devices through radio management; (e) utilizing shared credentials, information about available networks and context of use to allow for fast connection establishment and smooth and fast transitions between networks or cells; (f) enhancing power efficiency by optimizing radio utilization for different types of traffic/data; and (g) provide a unified interface to users/applications, hiding all aspects of radio management from users as well as applications.

Fig. 40 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device using separate V2X convergence functions, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 40, there is illustrated a WAVE protocol stack 4000 and an LTE protocol stack 4001 using separate convergence functions in an upper layer 2 of a V2X-enabled device (e.g., automobile, RSU, etc.). Although only protocol stacks for two radios are illustrated in fig. 40, the disclosure is not so limited and protocol stacks for radios operating in other communication technologies may also use the V2X convergence function. In this regard, the WAVE and LTE protocol stacks of independently operating WAVE and LTE radios are illustrated in fig. 40 and 41 as examples.

The WAVE Protocol stack 4000 includes a Physical (PHY) layer 4018, a lower Media Access Control (MAC) layer 4016, an upper MAC layer 4014, a Logical Link Control (LLC) sub-layer 4012, a WAVE Short Message Protocol (WSMP) network/transport layer 4004, an Internet Protocol (IP) transport layer 4010, a User Datagram Protocol (UDP) session layer 4006, and a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) session layer 4008. The protocol stack 4000 may communicate with higher layer applications 4002 associated with WAVE radio stations.

Similarly, the LTE protocol stack 4001 includes a PHY layer 4040, a MAC layer 4038, a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer 4036, a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer 4034, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer 4032, an Internet Protocol (IP) transport layer 4030, a User Datagram Protocol (UDP) session layer 4024, a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) session layer 4026, and a non-access stratum (NAS) layer 4028. The protocol stack 4001 may communicate with higher layer applications 4022 associated with the LTE radio.

In some aspects, V2X convergence functions (e.g., 4020 and 4042) may be added to upper layer 2 in each protocol stack (e.g., 4000 and 4001), with the V2X convergence functions communicatively coupled to each other via an interface. As can be seen in fig. 40, the V2X convergence function 4020 within the WAVE protocol stack 4000 is communicatively coupled to the V2X convergence function 4042 within the LTE protocol stack 4001 via an interface 4021.

In some aspects, each V2X convergence function may be configured to provide a common multi-radio data traffic interface or multi-radio management interface that is transparent to applications (e.g., 4002 and 4022), a common service between multiple co-located radio stations, an interface or mechanism arranged to perform multi-radio information exchange, a common load balancing function, resource allocation and channel access coordination, while limiting intra-device interference and coexistence challenges. In this regard, the V2X convergence function may be used to improve aerial and environment-to-environment (E2E) security, device power efficiency, and enhance cooperative discovery and connection setup.

In some aspects, the IEEE1905.1 standard may be used to specify convergence functions between radios. However, the IEEE1905.1 standard is associated with network convergence in digital homes, specifying a convergence layer as layer 2.5 communicating with an opposite convergence layer through one or more of the media access technologies (the access technologies used in IEEE1905.1 include multimedia-over-coax-alliance (MoCA), ethernet, Wi-Fi and Power Line Communications (PLC)) without requiring any changes to its lower layers.

The V2X convergence function in accordance with some aspects discussed herein may be distinguished from the IEEE1905.1 standard in a variety of aspects. For example, IEEE1905.1 targets home networks, while V2X convergence solutions according to some aspects discussed herein target V2X networks, where the mobility and dynamics of the environment introduce new specific challenges (e.g., availability of radio stations and bandwidth availability of different radio stations dynamically change). In this regard, the V2X convergence techniques in accordance with some aspects discussed herein extend the framework to radio stations used in V2X communications, including cellular, WAVE, bluetooth, and other types of radio stations. The communications framework may be extended such that it is not limited to a single layer operating independently of the underlying media access technology, but rather it may be part of the upper MAC of a radio, enabling unified operation of the device radios for increased efficiency and improved performance. As a result, the V2X convergence techniques discussed herein further optimize and improve the user experience between any two devices having a common set of radios, as the tunneling of traffic for one radio through the other and the management of the operation of one radio (e.g., Wi-Fi) via the other radio (e.g., via cellular) may be achieved. Furthermore, discovery, loading and authentication of devices and association may be accomplished in a common manner via communication between V2X convergence layers/functions of multiple devices, thereby making services provided by one radio station available to another radio station.

In some aspects, the V2X convergence functions (e.g., 4020 and 4042) may provide a communication interface between multiple device radio stations within a device and to multiple radio stations at one or more other devices via their respective convergence functions. In some aspects, the V2X convergence functions (e.g., 4020 and 4042) may be implemented by enhancing existing control functions on the 3GPP RAT. For example, the functionality discussed herein may be associated with a generic convergence function and its key attributes according to some aspects, including interfacing with existing standard control functions (e.g., as outlined in connection with one or more of fig. 29-37) utilizing signaling and interaction in a particular V2X scenario.

Fig. 41 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device using a common V2X convergence layer, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 41, there is illustrated a WAVE protocol stack 4100 and an LTE protocol stack 4101 using a common V2X convergence layer in an upper layer 2 of a V2X enabled device (e.g., automobile, RSU, etc.).

The WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in fig. 41 are similar to those shown in fig. 40. More specifically, WAVE protocol stack 4100 includes PHY layer 4120, lower WAVE MAC layer 4118, WAVE upper MAC layer 4116, LLC sub-layer 4114, WSMP network/transport layer 4104, IP transport layer 4110, UDP session layer 4106, and TCP session layer 4108.

Similarly, the LTE protocol stack 4101 includes a PHY layer 4132, a MAC layer 4130, an RLC layer 4128, a PDCP layer 4126, an RRC layer 4124, an IP transport layer 4110, a NAS layer 4122, and a TCP layer 4108. The protocol stacks 4100 and 4101 may communicate with higher layer applications 4102 associated with WAVE and LTE radios.

In some aspects, a common V2X convergence function may be added as a common layer 4112 within the protocol stacks 4100 and 4101. The V2X convergence layer 4112 may include logic that may be aware of available co-located radios on the device and may coordinate the operation of the radios at different layers while exposing a common communication interface to higher layers.

In some aspects, the V2X convergence function provided by V2X convergence functions (4020 and 4042) or V2X convergence functional layer 4112 may provide multiple alternative connections for an application and may enable aggregation of traffic over multiple radio stations. By using the V2X convergence function described herein, control plane traffic can be carried on a different radio and control plane functions can be shared between radios. In this regard, services of one radio station may become available to another radio station via the V2X convergence function.

In some aspects, V2X convergence layer 4112 may provide a common interface to upper layers and applications for one or more radio stations. This interface may include both a data plane interface and a control plane interface. Depending on the discriminative power of the underlying radio stations, the data plane interface may include a plurality of traffic prioritizations related to, for example, security, time sensitivity, best effort, and the like. The control plane interface may provide an aggregation of control functions available to the radio station.

In some aspects, the interface of the individual V2X convergence functions (e.g., 4020 and 4042) to higher layers may remain specific to each radio station.

In some aspects, the decision regarding placement of the V2X convergence layer may be based on one or more of the following factors. The performance driver application may request that the V2X convergence function/layer be placed lower in the protocol stack, thus avoiding the propagation of messages from the V2X function/layer to higher in the stack. In some aspects, applications performing charging based on the sent V2X convergence function message may require more or less data granularity, thus affecting the placement of the V2X convergence layer. In some aspects, dynamic placement of V2X convergence functions/layers may be used in order to support incompatibility issues in lower layers of the protocol stack.

In some aspects, the placement of the V2X convergence function/layer may be based on security considerations. For example, depending on the specific context requirements, it may be necessary to establish a secure session that is protected by an encryption mechanism. The difficulty/ease of key management of the strategy employed also affects the placement of the V2X convergence layer.

Fig. 42 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radios for a handset and a carrier terminal device in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 42, V2X communication environment 4200 may include a handheld device 4202 and a vehicle 4204. The handheld device 4202 may include multiple transceiver radios that may be configured to operate in multiple radio communication technologies. For example, handheld device 4202 may include LTE radio 4208, Wi-Fi radio 4210, and bluetooth radio (or dock) 4212. Transceiver radios 4208, 4210, and 4212 may interface with each other via V2X convergence function 4206.

The vehicle 4204 may also include a plurality of transceiver radios that may be configured to operate with a plurality of radio communication technologies. For example, carrier 4204 may include LTE radio 4218, Wi-Fi radio 4216, and bluetooth radio (or docking station) 4214. Transceiver radios 4218, 4216, and 4214 may interface with each other via V2X convergence function 4220. In some aspects, the convergence functions 4206 and 4220 may be similar to the V2X convergence functions 4020 and 4042 in fig. 40 or the V2X convergence functional layer 4112 in fig. 41.

In some aspects as shown in fig. 42, handheld device 4202 may be connected with carrier 4204 such that both device 4202 and carrier 4204 are able to access a common set of radio stations (and communication services provided by such radio stations) via respective V2X convergence functions 4206 and 4220. The connection of handheld device 4202 to carrier 4204 may be implemented, for example, through docking stations (e.g., 4212 and 4214) or by establishing a bluetooth link between device 4202 and carrier 4204 via bluetooth radios 4212 and 4214 (in instances where no docking stations are available).

In operation, handheld device 4202 may be paired with carrier 4204 using, for example, a docking station or bluetooth connection (at 4230). After pairing 4230 is complete, V2X convergence function 4206 in handheld device 4202 and V2X convergence function 4220 in carrier 4204 may establish a connection and perform capability exchange 4232. The convergence function 4206 in the handheld device 4202 and the convergence function 4220 in the carrier 4204 are informed of the availability of the other device after pairing 4230. The handheld device 4202 and the carrier 4204 will know if the convergence function is available on the other device. In some aspects, the vehicle 4204 may play the role of a master device and may query the handheld device 4202 through an established bluetooth connection, and receipt of a response at the vehicle 4204 from the handheld device 4202 may indicate the presence of the convergence function 4206 at the handheld device 4202.

During the capability exchange 4232, an inter-convergence function interface may be established between the V2X convergence functions 4206 and 4220, which allows both convergence functions to learn of the radio stations and services (e.g., data, emergency services, radio bands, locations, device interfaces, etc.) available at the device 4202 and the vehicle 4204. An interface from the convergence function (e.g., 4220) of the master device (e.g., 4204) to the user device (e.g., 4202) may be used to select the collective services available to the user. In some aspects, a master radio (e.g., in vehicle 4204) may be designated as the master interface for initiating connection establishment and convergence function discovery, or this process may be initiated via a common control channel that facilitates discovery of radio and other service information among radios operating in a given area. In some aspects, service discovery or prioritizing a given RAT as an anchor RAT may also be used for connection establishment and capability exchange between convergence functions.

After pairing user's handheld device 4202 with carrier 4204, handheld device 4202 may be configured to conserve power by turning off Wi-Fi radio 4210 and using carrier's Wi-Fi radio 4216 (which may be performed when device 4202 is undocked and only a bluetooth connection to carrier 4204 is available). As seen during the communication exchange 4260, the convergence function 4206 of the handheld device 4202 may collect and share relevant credentials and information with the convergence function 4220 of the vehicle. At 4234, the convergence function 4206 may collect credential information from the Wi-Fi radio 4210 and transmit the collected credential information with the convergence function 4220 at the vehicle 4204 during an information exchange 4236 and make the collected Wi-Fi credentials of the handheld device 4202 available to the Wi-Fi radio 4216 on the vehicle 4204 (e.g., during a communication 4242 from the convergence function 4220 to the Wi-Fi radio 4216). The two convergence functions 4206 and 4220 may agree on radio switching and transition of radio states (e.g., at 4238) before the Wi-Fi radio 4210 on the handset is turned off (e.g., at 4240) or placed in power save mode with respect to the system's readiness to perform a handshake.

At 4244, the Wi-Fi radio 4210 may be placed in a power save mode or turned off. At 4246, Wi-Fi radio 4216 in carrier 4204 may be turned on and may operate with credential information received from Wi-Fi radio 4210 via convergence functions 4206 and 4220. Further, assuming that the user has access to the operator-managed Wi-Fi network, the communication and exchange of credential information between convergence functions 4206 and 4220 may extend this capability to vehicle 4204, enabling connection to the operator-managed Wi-Fi network for vehicle 4204 on the road and for the benefit of the vehicle passenger.

In some aspects, a communication exchange similar to exchange 4260 may occur for LTE radio stations 4208 and 4218 utilizing connection establishment and capability exchange via V2X convergence functions 4206 and 4220. In this case, LTE radio 4218 of carrier 4204 may take over LTE operations for LTE radio 4208 in handheld device 4202, and services may become available to the user through the automotive infotainment system using the common interface of V2X convergence function 4220 to all available radios within carrier 4204.

As seen during communication exchange 4270, a notification and acknowledgement exchange 4248 may occur between bluetooth radios 4212 and 4214 to confirm that the handset LTE radio 4208 may serve as a backhaul for the hotspot established by carrier Wi-Fi radio 4216. At 4250, a data path may be established between LTE radio 4208 and V2X convergence function 4206 within handheld device 4202. Similarly, at 4252, a data path may be established between Wi-Fi radio 4216 and V2X convergence function 4220 of vehicle 4204. In this regard, LTE radio 4208 may operate as a backhaul (at 4254), while Wi-Fi radio 4216 of carrier 4204 operates as a hotspot (at 4256). The operation of LTE radio 4208 as a backhaul connection for Wi-Fi radio 4216 may enable uniform charging of users through handheld device 4202 and extend the services available to users to any vehicle the user rides on. For example, a rental carrier with V2X convergence between a cell phone and the carrier may become able to provide backhaul internet connectivity and Wi-Fi hotspot services for carrier passengers in the carrier.

Fig. 43 illustrates an exemplary flow chart of example operations for convergence of communication radios for a handheld device and a carrier terminal device, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 43, an example method 4300 for performing vehicle radio communication may begin at 4302 when a connection with a second communication device may be established using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers and a first vehicle radio communication technology of a plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies. For example, bluetooth radio 4212 in handheld device 4202 may establish a connection with bluetooth radio 4214 in carrier 4204. At 4304, credential information associated with an active communication link between the second communication device and the third communication device may be received via a convergence function at the second communication device. For example, Wi-Fi radio 4216 at carrier 4204 may receive credential information from Wi-Fi radio 4210 at handheld device 4202 via V2X convergence functions 4206 and 4220. The active communication link may comprise a Wi-Fi communication link between the handheld device 4202 and another wireless device, such as an access point or a base station. At 4306, a communication link with a third communication device may be established based on the credential information received via the convergence function at the second communication device. For example, Wi-Fi radio 4216 within carrier 4204 may establish communication with a wireless access point or base station using credential information received from Wi-Fi radio 4210 at handheld device 4202 via a connection between convergence functions 4206 and 4220.

Fig. 44 illustrates an exemplary Software Defined Networking (SDN) V2X controller using a V2X convergence layer in a vehicle end device, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 44, the carrier terminal apparatus 4400 may include an RF transceiver 4401 and a V2X controller 4408. RF transceiver 4401 and V2X controller 4408 may have similar functionality to RF transceiver 4202 and controller 4206 shown in fig. 16. In some aspects, RF transceiver 4401 may include multiple transceivers (e.g., 4402-4406), each associated with a different carrier communication technology. In some aspects, RF transceivers 4402, 4404, and 4406 may be, for example, a DSRC transceiver, an LTE-V2X transceiver, and a 5G-V2X transceiver, respectively.

In some aspects, the V2X controller 4408 may be an SDN V2X controller, implementing a V2X convergence layer 4412 (which may be similar to 112B). In some aspects, V2X SDN controller 4408 may be communicatively coupled to RF transceiver 4402-. In some aspects, V2X SDN controller 4408 may implement V2X convergence layer 4412 and one or more different radio protocol stacks. Example protocol stacks that the V2X SDN controller 4408 may implement include a DSRC protocol stack 4402A, and an LTE-V2X protocol stack 4404A, and a 5G-V2X protocol stack 4406A.

Fig. 45 illustrates exemplary WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in a V2X device 4500 using a common V2X convergence function 4510 and a proximity-based services (ProSe) protocol layer 4530 in an LTE protocol stack 4504, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 45, there is illustrated a WAVE protocol stack 4502 and an LTE protocol stack 4504 using a common V2X convergence layer in an upper layer 2 of a V2X enabled device and a ProSe protocol layer 4530 in the LTE protocol stack 4504.

The WAVE and LTE protocol stacks in fig. 45 are similar to those shown in fig. 41. More specifically, WAVE protocol stack 4502 includes PHY layer 4518, lower WAVE MAC layer 4516, WAVE upper MAC layer 4514, LLC sub-layer 4512, WSMP network/transport layer 4508, IP transport layer 4524, UDP session layer 4520, and TCP session layer 4522.

Similarly, LTE protocol stack 4504 includes PHY layer 4538, MAC layer 4536, RLC layer 4534, PDCP layer 4532, ProSe protocol layer 4530, RRC layer 4528, IP transport layer 4524, NAS layer 4526, and TCP layer 4522. The protocol stacks 4502 and 4504 may communicate with higher layer applications 4506 associated with WAVE and LTE radio stations.

In some aspects, a common V2X convergence function may be added within the protocol stacks 4502 and 4504 as a common layer 4510. The V2X convergence layer 4112 may include logic that may be aware of available co-located radios on the device and may coordinate the operation of the radios at different layers while exposing a common communication interface to higher layers.

In an example, based on the functionality provided by the ProSe protocol layer 4530, the V2X device 4500 may include a ProSe/PC5 interface between the V2X device 4500 (e.g., a network relay UE) and another V2X device (e.g., a user equipment or UE). In this case, an evolved UE-to-network relay (e.g., 4500) defined by 3GPP Rel-14+ may act as a relay for an evolved ProSe remote UE. During the relay selection procedure, the 3GPP system may take into account the fact that convergence functionality (e.g., 4510) is available at the relay in deciding the best relay to connect to. This information may be advertised by the relay UE to the remote UE when the remote UE selects a relay. Alternatively, the 3GPP network may be aware of the relay capabilities and may assist the remote UE during relay selection (a similar procedure may occur for relay reselection). The V2X convergence layer 4510 may be configured to further interwork with the RRC control function of the LTE interface or its enhancements specified for multi-radio to device (D2D) operation.

Fig. 46 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radio exchange networks and measurement information for a vehicle terminal device and a roadside unit (RSU), in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 46, the V2X communication network 4600 may include a V2X-enabled vehicle 4601 and an RSU 4603. The vehicle 4601 may include multiple transceiver radios, which may be configured to operate with multiple radio communication technologies. For example, the vehicle 4601 may include an LTE radio 4606 and a Wi-Fi radio 4604. Transceiver radio stations 4606 and 4604 can interface with each other via the V2X convergence function 4602.

The RSU4603 may also include multiple transceiver radios, which may be configured to operate in multiple radio communication technologies. For example, the RSUs 4603 may include an LTE radio 4608 and a Wi-Fi radio 4610. Transceiver radios 4608 and 4610 may interface with each other via V2X convergence function 4612. In some aspects, the convergence functions 4602 and 4612 may be similar to the V2X convergence functions 4020 and 4042 in fig. 40 or the V2X convergence functional layer 4112 in fig. 41.

In some aspects, a communication link may be established between the LTE radio 4606 within the vehicle 4601 and the LTE radio 4608 within the RSU4603 at 4618. In this regard, the communication link is also established between the convergence functions 4602 and 4612 using the connection between LTE radio stations.

In some aspects, a first radio within the vehicle 4601 may share information directly with a second radio within the RSU4603 via the convergence function 4602 via the convergence function 4612, rather than through applications and higher layers. The shared information may be context-related (e.g., context-aware data) for the first radio station, but not readily available for other radio stations within the vehicle 4601 or RSU 4603. In some aspects, the shared information may include measurements available to one radio that may be used to improve or enhance the performance or operation of other (recipient) radios. For example, the shared information may include link quality measurements, measured local interference, and so on. This information may be used by the receiving radio station to improve its performance, for example by adjusting channel access parameters or transmit power based on congestion information and link measurement information.

In some aspects, as seen in fig. 46, congestion information 4614 may be transmitted from a Wi-Fi radio 4610 to a convergence function 4612 within the RSU 4603. Further, channel measurement information, distance information (e.g., distance of the vehicles 4601 to the RSU 4603), or vehicle density information 4616 may be transmitted from the LTE radio 4608 to the convergence function 4612 within the RSU 4603. The information 4614 and 4616 received at the convergence function 4612 may then be shared with the vehicles 4601 via the convergence function 4602 (e.g., via the communications exchange 4618). Information 4614 and 4616 received at the convergence function 4602 may be shared to one or more radio stations within the vehicle 4601. For example, during the information exchange 4620, congestion information 4614 and information 4616 may be shared with the Wi-Fi radio 4604. In response, the Wi-Fi radio 4604 may communicate back to the convergence function 4602 a decision to switch communications using the Wi-Fi radios 4604 and 4610, as well as channel access information or other raw information, in order to improve or change the connection between the vehicle 4601 and the RSU 4603.

In some aspects, the security of WAVE communications and the repetition rate of other messages may depend on the density of vehicles within the surrounding area. In some aspects, one or more algorithms and techniques to reduce the broadcast rate and number of broadcast nodes to near optimal conditions may be used to reduce congestion and performance degradation and security issues due to congestion in dense environments. However, implementation of such techniques may be associated with the use of dedicated channels, or otherwise coordination mechanisms in the background and cellular connections between the vehicles 4601 and RSUs 4603 via LTE radios 4606 and 4610 may do so.

In some aspects, in instances where the vehicles 4601 and RSUs 4603 comprise WAVE radio stations, the channel access parameters (e.g., transmit power, AIF parameters, etc.) and the repetition rate of the V2X messages may be set by higher layers depending on the density of the network or other parameters. This information can be calculated locally and can be available at the RSU with greater accuracy. However, it may not be efficient to retrieve such information from the RSU4603 by the vehicle 4601 through the WAVE radio. Given that cellular connections have longer range, information about density available to RSUs 4603 (which may be equipped with both cellular and WAVE radios) may be made available to vehicular WAVE radios for areas ahead via cellular connections using LTE radios 4606 and 4608.

In some aspects, a cellular connection between the vehicle 4601 and the RSU4603 may be used to facilitate transitions between Wi-Fi Access Points (APs). In instances where the RSU4603 is equipped with both cellular and Wi-Fi radios, the longer range of the cellular radio may allow the convergence functions 4612 and 4602 (of the RSU4603 and the vehicle 4601) to exchange information about the distance to the RSU (which may be used to estimate the signal strength to the Wi-Fi AP) and to collect information about the available bandwidth in the AP in advance to make decisions about whether and when to handoff to the AP.

Fig. 47 illustrates an exemplary flow diagram of example operations for adjusting channel access parameters based on convergence of communication radios of a vehicle terminal device and RSU, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 47, an example method 4700 for vehicle radio communication may begin at 4702 when a cellular communication link may be established with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers. For example, LTE radio 4606 at vehicle 4601 can establish a cellular communication link with LTE radio 4608 at RSU 4603.

At 4704, congestion information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of a second communication device may be received at a convergence protocol layer, wherein the convergence protocol layer is common to a plurality of transceivers. For example, congestion information associated with the Wi-Fi radio 4610 may be communicated to the convergence function 4612 within the RSU 4603. The congestion information 4614 is then forwarded to the carriers 4601 via the communication link between the convergence functions 4612 and 4602. At the carrier 4601, the received congestion information may be forwarded by the convergence function 4602 to the Wi-Fi radio station 4604 for further processing and decision making regarding adjusting one or more channel access parameters or switching communication links.

At 4706, one or more channel access parameters of a non-cellular communication channel associated with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers are adjusted based on the congestion information. For example, the Wi-Fi radio 4604 may adjust one or more channel access parameters (e.g., switch to a non-congested communication channel) based on congestion information received from the Wi-Fi radio 4610 at the RSU 4603.

Fig. 48 illustrates an exemplary convergence of communication radios of a vehicle terminal device and an RSU to exchange credential information, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 48, a V2X communication network 4800 may include a V2X enabled vehicle 4802 and RSUs 4804. Vehicle 4802 may include multiple transceiver radios that may be configured to operate with multiple radio communication technologies. For example, vehicle 4802 may include LTE radio 4810 and Wi-Fi radio 4808. Transceiver radios 4810 and 4808 may interface with each other via V2X convergence function 4806.

The RSU4804 may also include multiple transceiver radios, which may be configured to operate with multiple radio communication technologies. For example, RSUs 4804 may include LTE radio 4812 and Wi-Fi radio 4814. Transceiver radios 4812 and 4814 may interface with each other via V2X convergence function 4816. In some aspects, the convergence functions 4806 and 4816 may be similar to the V2X convergence functions 4020 and 4042 in fig. 40 or the V2X convergence functional layer 4112 in fig. 41.

In some aspects, a communication link may be established at 4820 between LTE radio 4810 within vehicle 4802 and LTE radio 4812 within RSU 4804. In this regard, a communication link is also established between the convergence functions 4806 and 4816 with the connection between LTE radios 4810 and 4812.

In V2X communication network 4800, where vehicle 4802 moves, the communication equipment and selection of connections and radios varies as vehicle 4802 moves. For example, RSU4804 may connect to one or more Wi-Fi access points that vehicle 4802 may use when in range of RSU 4804. However, as vehicle 4802 moves, a different RSU with a different set of Wi-Fi access points may become within range. Sharing of information about the network (e.g., congestion, available bandwidth, etc.) and authentication credentials may allow for smooth transitions and fast handovers between networks, APs, base stations, etc.

In some aspects, Wi-Fi connectivity may be made in advance for a mobile vehicle 4802 with applications requiring continuous service through the use of a convergence function 4806 via a cellular connection using LTE radio 4810, enabling a make-before-break/break-free experience for the user. For example, after the communication link is established between LTE radios 4810 and 4812, so that Wi-Fi radio 4814 at RSU4804 can establish a communication link with Wi-Fi stations in range of the RSU using Wi-Fi credentials received from vehicle 4802 via convergence functions 4806 and 4816.

In some aspects, to provide anonymity when using WAVE radio stations, one or more security certificates may be provided to each vehicle by the vehicle manufacturer and other sources. However, these certificates may be generated based on a unique secret (secret), such as a key or algorithm. The mechanism to revoke, recover, and distribute the secrets, as well as the distribution of intermediate certificates, may be based on V2X communications within the V2X infrastructure. A cellular connection may be used for this purpose as shown in fig. 48.

More specifically, at 4818, the convergence function 4816 can receive information regarding security certificates or keys (e.g., secrets) from one or more authorized entities (e.g., US DOT, carrier manufacturer, etc.) for local distribution. The receive certificate may then be transmitted to the convergence function 4806 at the vehicle 4802 via the cellular link established between LTE transceivers 4810 and 4812. At 4822, the convergence function 4806 can provide the received certificate or key and once the vehicle 4802 is within range of an access point associated with the RSU4804, communication to such access point can be established.

In some aspects, V2X communication traffic may be switched between radio stations and V2X communication traffic sent by different radio stations based not only on optimized paths from an available throughput or latency perspective, but also on V2X communication traffic type and context. For example, in instances where there is a WAVE safety message with a wide geographic impact, the message may be urgently broadcast via cellular radio transmissions to a larger area or sent over a cellular link to multiple radios for higher reliability.

In some aspects, the techniques disclosed herein may be used for regional navigation map downloading. In this case, the regional map download may be initiated via a cellular transmission from the network to the vehicle, and then the map update/download may be switched to vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) mode, e.g., the updated/downloaded information may be transmitted from one vehicle to another (or between the vehicle and the base station using a Wi-Fi communication link).

In some aspects, convergence functions (e.g., 4806 and 4816) may be used to manage the time at which certain actions are performed. As an example, in instances where a User Equipment (UE) needs to update a high-precision map (which may require a large amount of bandwidth from the network and may affect other services the UE is running), the convergence function may delay the request for a map update until a certain period of the day when the V2X network load is low, such as at midnight, when other over-the-air (OTA) updates are performed. In this regard, time management of the information download function using the convergence function may result in improved network efficiency and capacity. In some instances, the network operator may provide incentives to V2X system users to download such maps when the network is lightly loaded, avoiding possible congestion and impact on other services from other UEs in the area.

In some aspects, the convergence layer/function may be used as a single interface available to the user and to the application, hiding aspects of connection management and optimizing the mapping applied to connections from the user. One example of an enhanced user experience provided by this approach is the possibility to manage negotiations associated with transient Wi-Fi networks available to a user moving around via a cellular communication link in the background. The sharing of authentication credentials (or sharing of a portion of authentication credentials for faster re-authentication) and removal of user interaction may allow for fast establishment of a connection.

Fig. 49 illustrates an exemplary flow diagram of example operations for converged device authentication of a vehicle terminal device and an RSU-based communication radio, in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 48 and 49, an example method 4900 for vehicle radio communication may begin at 4902 when a cellular communication link is established with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers. For example, LTE radio 4810 within vehicle 4802 may establish a cellular communication link with LTE radio 4812 within RSU 4804. At 4904, credential information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the communication device is received at a convergence protocol layer common to the plurality of transceivers. For example, at 4818, information regarding a certificate or security key originating from the vehicle manufacturer or another authorized entity may be transmitted from the convergence function 4816 at RSU4804 to the convergence function 4806 at vehicle 4802 via the established cellular communication link.

In some aspects, the information received at the convergence function 4816 may include credential information for accessing a non-cellular device (e.g., a Wi-Fi access point). At 4906, a communication link may be established with a third (non-cellular) communication device over the non-cellular communication channel using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and based on the received credential information. For example, the convergence function 4806 within the vehicle 4802 may transmit received credential information to the Wi-Fi radio 4808, which the Wi-Fi radio 4808 may use to establish a connection with a non-cellular communication device (e.g., access point) that is within communication range of the RSU 4804.

Fig. 50 illustrates an exemplary convergence of a communication radio within a single device to enable positioning enhancement in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 50, there is illustrated location enhancement scenes 5002A, 5002B and 5002C associated with V2X device 5000. As can be seen in fig. 50, V2X device 5000 may include multiple radios, such as Wi-Fi radio 5006 and LTE radio 5008. Multiple radio stations may be interfaced via the common convergence function 5004.

In some aspects, location accuracy may become relevant for mobile devices within a V2X communication network for access to location services and for autonomous driving. While the radio technologies disclosed herein (e.g., Wi-Fi and cellular) have their own positioning mechanisms, combining multiple positioning technologies from multiple radio communication technologies may enhance the accuracy and speed of positioning.

In some aspects, the combining of multiple positioning techniques associated with multiple radio stations may occur through the sharing of measurements, such as by adding additional data points for triangulation, or through a feedback loop shared by the radio stations, such that the combined results are provided to higher layers. In some aspects, the location provided by one radio may be used by other radios for ranging, or as a raw estimate of a calculation, or the like.

In instances where V2X equipment (e.g., V2X-enabled vehicles) are in rural areas where the vehicles may not be within communication range of multiple base stations or access points, a combination of the above-described techniques (e.g., measurement sharing and use of a feedback loop) may increase the chances of location. For example, in the instance where a V2X node is in range of two base stations and one access point, time-of-flight information from the three (e.g., the time it takes for a signal to travel from a transmitter to a receiver) may be used for positioning purposes. With respect to the location enhancement scenario 5002A, the Wi-Fi radio 5006 may transmit the location raw measurements 5010A to the convergence function 5004. Similarly, the LTE radio 5008 may transmit the location raw measurements 5012A to the convergence function 5004. The convergence function 5004 can then perform a positioning calculation 5014A using the positioning raw measurements 5010A and 5012A received from the radio stations 5006 and 5008, respectively.

In some aspects, both cellular and Wi-Fi positioning are available at the V2X device, and location information from one may be used to add accuracy to the other. Depending on the known accuracy of each location information, a central trend summary statistic (e.g., a weighted average) may be used to compute a more accurate estimate of the location. With respect to the location enhancement scenario 5002B, Wi-Fi positioning 5010B may be performed by the Wi-Fi radio 5006. The Wi-Fi position estimate 5012B generated based on the Wi-Fi position fix 5010B can be transmitted to the convergence function 5004. Similarly, cellular positioning 5014B may be performed by LTE radio 5008. The cellular location estimate 5016B generated based on the cellular positioning 5014B may be transmitted to the convergence function 5004. The convergence function 5004 may then use the position estimates 5012B and 5016B to generate a combined and generally more accurate positioning calculation 5018B.

In some aspects, in instances where active applications within V2X device 5000 switch from one radio station to another, convergence function 5004 may be configured to provide the latest position estimate from one radio station to another for use as an initial instance of positioning, which will provide faster and more accurate positioning. With respect to the location enhancement scenario 5002C, Wi-Fi positioning 5010C may be performed by the Wi-Fi radio 5006. The Wi-Fi position estimate 5012C generated based on the Wi-Fi position fix 5010C can be transmitted to the convergence function 5004. At 5014C, LTE radio 5008 may be activated with a cellular location that is not yet available. At 5016C, LTE radio 5008 may request an existing position estimate from convergence function 5004. At 5018C, the convergence function 5004 may transmit the Wi-Fi position estimate 5012C to the LTE radio 5008 as an initial position estimate for LTE positioning.

Fig. 51 illustrates an exemplary flow diagram of example operations for performing positioning enhancement based on convergence of communication radios of a single device in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 50 and 51, an example method 5100 for vehicular radio communication may begin with operation 5102, where first positioning information may be received via a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers operating in a first vehicular radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies. For example, a first raw location measurement 5010A is received by the convergence function 5004 from the Wi-Fi radio 5006.

At operation 5104, second positioning information is received via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a second of the plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies. For example, the second raw positioning measurement 5012A is received by the convergence function 5004 from the LTE radio 5008. In operation 5106, a position estimate for a location of the communication device is determined using the convergence function and based on the first location information and the second location information. For example, the convergence function 5004 may use the first positioning measurement 5010A and the second positioning measurement 5012A to perform the positioning calculation 5014A based on two raw measurements.

In some aspects, interference mitigation (e.g., interference mitigation between radios within a V2X device or between V2X devices) may be another useful function enabled with the V2X convergence function. For example, information about the duty cycle of each radio may be used to schedule/adjust the transmission times of other radios, to minimize interference between them, and so on. Similarly, information about interference and channel usage in a region may be used to select radio stations that will experience less interference and contribute to reducing network congestion.

In some aspects, the WAVE WSMP stack (e.g., 104A or 104B) may be configured to set a duty cycle for the V2X message. Information regarding the network status of the radios may be gathered by each radio (or from the RSU) and periodically provided to a convergence function on the device (e.g., as shown in fig. 52). Application requirements, such as WSMP messaging requirements, may also be shared with the convergence function, which may determine what applications use which radio and determine the transmission schedule of the radio to reduce inter-device interference while minimizing negative impact on the network.

Fig. 52 illustrates an exemplary convergence of transmission scheduling implemented by a communication radio within a single device in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 52, a carrier 5200 may include a plurality of radio stations, such as Wi-Fi radio 5206 and LTE radio 5208. The carrier 5200 may also include one or more processors or controllers that run applications 5202. Multiple radios within the carriage 5200 may interface via a common V2X convergence function 5204.

In some aspects, the power efficiency of a V2X apparatus (e.g., the vehicle 5200) may be improved by using one radio for traffic management of some or all of the other radios and waking up a particular radio when needed. For example, a lower power radio may receive a trigger to wake up other radios if/when needed, which may be based on traffic demand. For example, for power savings, bluetooth radio may be used for music streaming within the vehicle 5200; however, in instances where data transmission to other vehicles or to the V2X infrastructure is required, then Wi-Fi or cellular radios may be proposed based on availability and context.

In some aspects, the convergence function 5202 may also optimize the overall power by routing traffic depending on the amount of data to be sent to the radio, which provides power efficiency. For example, low power radios may be used to perform administrative tasks that do not require a large amount of tasks and control data, and high bandwidth radios may be activated and used for large data transfers.

Referring to fig. 52, a Wi-Fi radio 5206 within the carrier 5200 may perform periodic reporting 5210 of bandwidth estimates and measured interference to a convergence function 5204. Similarly, the LTE radio 5208 may perform periodic reporting 5212 of bandwidth estimates and measured interference to the convergence function 5204. Further, an application 5202 running on one or more processors or controllers within the carrier 5200 may perform periodic reports 5214 to the convergence function 5204 regarding various application requirements (e.g., requirements for bandwidth or requirements for using certain radio station(s) for data communication). At 5216, the convergence function 5204 may make one or more determinations or decisions regarding the duty cycles and transmission schedules associated with each radio station available within the underlay 5200. Corresponding application routing and transmission scheduling information 5218 and 5220 may be transmitted to LTE radio 5208 and Wi-Fi radio 5206, respectively.

Fig. 53 illustrates an exemplary flow diagram of example operations for performing transmission scheduling based on convergence of communication radios of a single device in accordance with some aspects described herein. Referring to fig. 52 and 53, the example method 5300 for vehicular radio communication may begin at operation 5302 when first estimation information is received via a first transceiver of a plurality of available transceivers operating in a first vehicular radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies. The first estimation information may indicate available bandwidth at the second communication device operating according to the first vehicle radio communication technology. For example, Wi-Fi radio 5206 may transmit bandwidth estimation information to convergence function 5204 via periodic reports 5210. The bandwidth estimate may indicate the Wi-Fi bandwidth available at the access point with which the Wi-Fi radio 5206 may communicate, or the Wi-Fi bandwidth available at the carrier 5200 as determined by the Wi-Fi radio 5206.

At operation 5304, second estimation information is received via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating in a second of the plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies. The second estimation information may indicate an available bandwidth at a third communication device operating in accordance with the second vehicle radio communication technology. For example, the LTE radio 5208 may transmit the bandwidth estimation information to the convergence function 5204 via periodic reports 5212. The bandwidth estimate may indicate the cellular bandwidth available at one or more base stations with which LTE radio 5208 is in communication, or the cellular bandwidth available at carrier 5200 as determined by LTE radio 5208.

In operation 5306, transmission scheduling information for communication with the second and third communication devices is determined using a convergence function based on the received first and second estimation information. For example, the convergence function 5204 may determine (at 5216) a duty cycle and transmission schedule for each radio station.

At operation 5308, the scheduling information may be transmitted to the second and third communication devices. For example, the convergence function 5204 may transmit the scheduling information to various radio stations (e.g., 5218 and 5220). Optionally, the convergence function 5204 may also transmit the transmission schedule information to the base station and access point with which the LTE radio 5208 and Wi-Fi radio 5206 are in communication (e.g., via a communication link between the convergence function 5204 at the vehicle 5200 and convergence functions available at the base station and access point).

Fig. 54 illustrates an exemplary block diagram of an example machine 5400 on which one or more techniques (e.g., methods) discussed herein may be executed. Examples as described herein may include or be operated by logic or several components or mechanisms in the machine 5400. A circuit (e.g., processing circuit) is a collection of circuits implemented in a tangible entity including hardware (e.g., simple circuits, gates, logic, etc.) the machine 5400. Circuit membership may be flexible over time. Circuits include those that when operated upon can perform specified operations either individually or in combination.

In an aspect, the hardware of the circuit may be permanently designed to perform certain operations (e.g., hardwired). In an aspect, the hardware of the circuit may include variably connected physical components (e.g., execution units, transistors, simple circuits, etc.) including a machine-readable medium with instructions that are physically modified (e.g., magnetically modified, electrically modified, movable placement of invariant aggregate particles, etc.) to encode particular operations. When connecting physical components, the underlying electrical properties of the hardware components are changed, for example, from an insulator to a conductor, or vice versa. The instructions enable embedded hardware (e.g., an execution unit or a loading mechanism) to create members of a circuit in hardware via a variable connection to perform some portion of a particular operation when operating. Thus, in an example, a machine-readable medium element is part of a circuit or other component communicatively coupled to a circuit when a device is operating. In an example, any physical component may be used in more than one member of more than one circuit. For example, in operation, an execution unit may be used in a first circuit of a first circuitry at one point in time and reused by a second circuit in the first circuitry or by a third circuit in the second circuitry at a different time. Additional examples of these components for the machine 5400 are as follows.

In alternative aspects, the machine 5400 can operate as a standalone device or can be connected (e.g., networked) to other machines. In a networked deployment, the machine 5400 may operate in the capacity of a server machine, a client machine, or both in server-client network environments. In an example, the machine 5400 may operate as a peer machine in a peer-to-peer (P2P) (or other distributed) network environment. The machine 5400 may be a Personal Computer (PC), a tablet PC, a set-top box (STB), a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a mobile telephone, a web appliance, a network router, switch or bridge, or any machine capable of executing instructions (sequential or otherwise) that specify actions to be taken by that machine. Additionally, while only a single machine is illustrated, the term "machine" shall also be taken to include any collection of machines that individually or jointly execute a set (or multiple sets) of instructions to perform any one or more of the methodologies discussed herein, such as cloud computing, software as a service (SaaS), other computer cluster configurations.

A machine (e.g., a computer system) 5400 may include a hardware processor 5402 (e.g., a Central Processing Unit (CPU), a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), a hardware processor core, or any combination thereof), a main memory 5404, a static memory (e.g., a memory or storage device for firmware, microcode, basic-input-output (BIOS), Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), etc.) 5406, and a mass storage device 5408 (e.g., a hard drive, tape drive, flash memory, or other block device), some or all of which may communicate with each other via an interconnection link (e.g., a bus) 5430. The machine 5400 may also include a display unit 5410, an alphanumeric input device 5414 (e.g., a keyboard), and a User Interface (UI) navigation device 5414 (e.g., a mouse). In an example, the display unit 5410, the input device 5412, and the UI navigation device 5414 may be a touch screen display. The machine 5400 can also include a storage device (e.g., drive unit) 5408, a signal generation device 5418 (e.g., a speaker), a network interface device 5420, and one or more sensors 5416, such as a Global Positioning System (GPS) sensor, compass, accelerometer, or other sensor. The machine 5400 can include an output controller 5428, such as a serial (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB)), parallel, or other wired or wireless (e.g., Infrared (IR), Near Field Communication (NFC), etc.) connection to communicate with or control one or more peripheral devices (e.g., a printer, card reader, etc.).

The registers of the processor 5402, main memory 5404, static memory 5406, or mass storage 5408 may be or include machine-readable media 5422 on which is stored one or more sets (e.g., software) of data structures or instructions 5424 embodying or utilized by any one or more of the techniques or functions described herein. The instructions 5424 may also reside, completely or at least partially, within the processor 5402, the main memory 5404, the static memory 5406, or any register of the mass storage device 5408 during execution thereof by the machine 5400. In an aspect, one or any combination of the hardware processor 5402, the main memory 5404, the static memory 5406, or the mass storage 5408 may constitute the device readable medium 5422. While the machine-readable medium 5422 is illustrated as a single medium, the term "machine-readable medium" can include a single medium or multiple media (e.g., a centralized or distributed database, and/or associated caches and servers) configured to store the one or more instructions 5424.

The term "machine-readable medium" can include any medium that is capable of storing, encoding or carrying instructions for execution by the machine 5400 and that cause the machine 5400 to perform any one or more of the techniques of this disclosure or that is capable of storing, encoding or carrying data structures used by or associated with such instructions. Non-limiting examples of machine-readable media may include solid-state memory, optical media, magnetic media, and signals (e.g., radio frequency signals, other photon-based signals, acoustic signals, etc.). In an aspect, the non-transitory machine-readable medium includes a machine-readable medium having a plurality of particles with an invariant (e.g., static) mass, and thus, a combination of substances. Thus, a non-transitory machine-readable medium is a machine-readable medium that does not include a transitory propagating signal. Specific examples of non-transitory machine-readable media may include: nonvolatile memories such as semiconductor Memory devices (e.g., Electrically Programmable Read-Only memories (EPROMs), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only memories (EEPROMs)) and flash Memory devices; magnetic disks, such as internal hard disks and removable disks; magneto-optical disks; and CD-ROM and DVD-ROM disks.

The instructions 5424 may also be transmitted or received over the communication network 5426 via the network interface device 5420 using a transmission medium using any of a number of transport protocols (e.g., frame relay, Internet Protocol (IP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP), hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP), etc.).

Example communication networks may include a Local Area Network (LAN), a Wide Area Network (WAN), a packet data network (e.g., the internet), a mobile Telephone network (e.g., a cellular network), a Plain Old Telephone (POTS) network, a wireless data network (e.g., referred to as a "local area network"), a wireless data network (e.g., a "cellular network"), and a wireless networkIs known as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 family of standards, referred to as

Figure BDA0002341889310000872

IEEE 802.16 family of standards), IEEE 802.15.4 family of standards, peer-to-peer (P2P) networks, and so on. In an example, the network interface device 5420 can include one or more physical outlets (e.g., ethernet, coaxial, or phone jacks) or one or more antennas to connect to the communication network 5426.

In some aspects, the network interface device 5420 may include multiple antennas to wirelessly communicate using at least one of single-input multiple-output (SIMO), multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or multiple-input single-output (MISO) techniques. The term "transmission medium" shall be taken to include any intangible medium that is capable of storing, encoding, or carrying instructions for execution by the machine 5400, and includes digital or analog communications signals or other intangible medium to facilitate communication of such software. A transmission medium is a machine-readable medium.

Additional notes and aspects:

example 1 is a multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) device, comprising: a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains, the plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs; and a hardware processor configured to: receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and controlling the plurality of transceiver chains via the plurality of connections of the transceiver interface to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

In example 2, the subject matter of example 1 includes, wherein the transceiver interface further includes a multi-link encoder configured to: receiving a data stream from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; applying code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and replicating the encoded data stream to generate a plurality of encoded data streams for transmission to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 3, the subject matter of example 2 includes wherein the plurality of encoded data streams includes a first encoded data stream, and the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the first encoded data stream to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 4, the subject matter of example 3 includes wherein the plurality of encoded data streams includes at least a second encoded data stream, and the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least the second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 5, the subject matter of example 4 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 6, the subject matter of examples 2-5 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the plurality of encoded data streams to the at least second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 7, the subject matter of example 6 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs that are different from the first RAT.

In example 8, the subject matter of examples 2-7 includes, wherein the code includes one or more of: repeating the code; a system code; quick dragon code; or a fountain code.

In example 9, the subject matter of examples 1-8 includes wherein the transceiver interface further includes a multi-link encoder configured to: receiving a data stream from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; applying system code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and replicating the encoded data stream to generate a first encoded data stream having information bits associated with the data stream and at least a second encoded data stream having parity bits for decoding the information bits.

In example 10, the subject matter of example 9 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the first encoded data stream to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 11, the subject matter of examples 9-10 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 12, the subject matter of example 11 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 13, the subject matter of examples 9-12 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to control transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 14, the subject matter of example 13 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs that are different from the first RAT.

In example 15, the subject matter of examples 9-14 includes wherein the transceiver interface further includes an interleaver configured to interleave the encoded data stream.

In example 16, the subject matter of examples 9-15 includes wherein the multilink encoder is within a protocol layer of a plurality of protocol layers for at least one protocol stack of the device.

In example 17, the subject matter of example 16 includes wherein the multilink encoder is configured to interface with the plurality of transceiver chains via a common convergence layer within at least one protocol stack of the device.

In example 18, the subject matter of examples 16-17 includes, wherein the plurality of protocol layers includes: a physical layer (PHY) layer; a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer; a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer; and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer.

In example 19, the subject matter of examples 16-18 includes, wherein the multi-link encoder is configured to: receiving the data stream from a first protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers; and outputting the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers.

In example 20, the subject matter of examples 9-19 includes, wherein the multi-link encoder is configured to: receiving one or more of a packet reception acknowledgement, a quality of service (QoS) indicator, and channel quality feedback information; and adjusting, based on the packet reception acknowledgement, the QoS, or the channel quality feedback information, one or more of: a level of encoding redundancy, a number of output communication links for transmission of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream, and a number of retransmissions of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream.

Example 21 is a multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) device, comprising: means for communicating with a plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs; means for receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and means for controlling the plurality of transceiver chains to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

In example 22, the subject matter of example 21 includes means for receiving a data stream from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for applying code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and means for replicating the encoded data stream to generate a plurality of encoded data streams for transmission to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 23, the subject matter of example 22 includes means for controlling transmission of the plurality of encoded data streams to the at least a second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 24, the subject matter of examples 21-23 includes means for receiving a data stream from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for applying system code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and means for replicating the encoded data stream to generate a first encoded data stream having information bits associated with the data stream, and at least a second encoded data stream having parity bits for decoding the information bits.

In example 25, the subject matter of example 24 includes means for controlling transmission of the first encoded data stream to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 26, the subject matter of examples 24-25 includes means for controlling transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 27, the subject matter of examples 24-26 includes means for controlling transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 28, the subject matter as in examples 24-27 includes means for interleaving the encoded data stream.

In example 29, the subject matter of examples 24-28 includes means for interfacing with the plurality of transceiver chains via a common convergence layer within at least one protocol stack of the device.

In example 30, the subject matter of examples 24-29 includes means for receiving the data stream from a first protocol layer of a plurality of protocol layers of at least one protocol stack for the device; and means for outputting the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers.

In example 31, the subject matter of examples 24-30 includes means for receiving one or more of a packet reception acknowledgement, a quality of service (QoS) indicator, and channel quality feedback information; and means for adjusting one or more of an encoding redundancy level, a number of output communication links for transmission of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream, and a number of retransmissions of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream based on the packet reception acknowledgement, the QoS, or the channel quality feedback information.

In example 32, the subject matter of examples 1-31 includes, wherein the plurality of RATs includes a plurality of available RATs, and wherein the hardware processor, to complete the communication, is configured to: receiving measurement information from a carrier terminal device via a first multi-radio communication link associated with at least a first RAT of the plurality of available RATs; configuring a secondary communication node to communicate with the vehicle terminal device via a second multi-radio communication link; and encoding configuration information associated with the secondary communication node for sending to the vehicle terminal device, the configuration information for establishing a third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the vehicle terminal device.

In example 33, the subject matter of example 32 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use one or more of the plurality of available RATs.

In example 34, the subject matter of examples 32-33 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link is a 3GPP carrier aggregation communication link and the hardware processor is an evolved node b (enb) Radio Resource Controller (RRC).

In example 35, the subject matter of examples 32-34 includes wherein the measurement information includes vehicle location information associated with a vehicle terminal device.

In example 36, the subject matter of example 35 includes, wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: estimating a future vehicle location associated with the vehicle terminal device based on the vehicle location information; and selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on the estimated future vehicle position.

In example 37, the subject matter of examples 32-36 includes wherein the measurement information includes channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device, the one or more available channels associated with at least one of the plurality of RATs.

In example 38, the subject matter of example 37 includes wherein to configure the secondary communication node, the hardware processor is configured to: selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the vehicle end device.

In example 39, the subject matter of example 38 includes wherein to configure the secondary communication node, the hardware processor is configured to: encode, for sending to the secondary communication node, an indication of one of the plurality of available RATs that is selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device.

In example 40, the subject matter of example 39 includes wherein the configuration information associated with the secondary communication node includes an indication of a RAT selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 41, the subject matter of examples 32-40 includes wherein the primary communication node is an evolved node b (enb) and the secondary communication node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 42, the subject matter of examples 32-41 includes wherein the device is configured for dual connectivity with the primary communication node and the secondary communication node.

In example 43, the subject matter of example 42 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link and the third multi-radio communication link are simultaneously active during the dual connectivity.

In example 44, the subject matter of example 43 includes wherein, during the dual connectivity, the first multi-radio communication link is used for data communication and the third multi-radio communication link is used for communication of control information.

In example 45, the subject matter of examples 43-44 includes wherein the second multi-radio communication link is a backhaul data connection for the first multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the master communication node.

In example 46, the subject matter of examples 32-45 includes, wherein the plurality of RATs includes at least two of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 47, the subject matter of examples 32-46 includes wherein the measurement information from the vehicle end device includes measurement information about a plurality of nodes accessible to the device.

In example 48, the subject matter of example 47 includes, wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: selecting the secondary communication node from the plurality of nodes to communicate with the vehicle terminal device based on the measurement information.

In example 49, the subject matter of examples 32-48 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains are interconnected via a convergence function.

In example 50, the subject matter of examples 21-49 includes means for receiving measurement information from a carrier terminal device via a first multi-radio communication link associated with at least a first RAT of a plurality of available RATs; means for configuring a secondary communication node to communicate with the vehicle terminal device via a second multi-radio communication link; and means for encoding configuration information associated with the secondary communication node for sending to the carrier terminal device, the configuration information for establishing a third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 51, the subject matter of examples 32-50 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use one or more of the plurality of available RATs.

In example 52, the subject matter of examples 50-51 includes means for estimating a future vehicle location associated with a vehicle end device based on vehicle location information associated with the vehicle end device; and means for selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on the estimated future vehicle position.

In example 53, the subject matter of examples 50-52 includes, wherein the measurement information includes channel quality information for one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device, the one or more available channels associated with at least one of the plurality of RATs, the apparatus further comprising: means for selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on channel quality information for one or more available channels at the vehicle end device.

In example 54, the subject matter of example 53 includes means for encoding, for transmission to the secondary communication node, an indication of one of the plurality of available RATs selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device.

In example 55, the subject matter of examples 50-54 includes wherein the measurement information from the vehicle end device includes measurement information about a plurality of nodes accessible to the device, and the device further includes: means for selecting the secondary communication node from the plurality of nodes to communicate with the vehicle terminal device based on the measurement information.

In example 56, the subject matter of examples 49-55 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving a connection with a communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; receiving, at the convergence function, credential information associated with an active communication link between the communication device and a second communication device, the active communication link using a second RAT from the plurality of RATs; and providing the credential information to the communication device to establish a communication link with a third communication device based on the credential information.

In example 57, the subject matter of example 56 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: an inter-convergence-function interface is established between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 58, the subject matter of example 57 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface; and receiving the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 59, the subject matter of examples 56-58 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies.

In example 60, the subject matter of examples 56-59 includes wherein the convergence function includes a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 61, the subject matter of example 60 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to the plurality of RATs upon detecting an incompatibility between at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the apparatus and at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication apparatus.

In example 62, the subject matter of examples 56-61 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies includes one or more of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; or 5G radio communication technology.

In example 63, the subject matter of example 62 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, an LTE radio communication technology, or a 5G radio communication technology.

In example 64, the subject matter of examples 56-63 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving, via an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device, an acknowledgement that a communication link between the communication device and the second communication device is deactivated.

In example 65, the subject matter of example 64 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device upon receiving the acknowledgement.

In example 66, the subject matter of examples 56-65 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: establishing the connection with the communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the device and the communication device.

In example 67, the subject matter of examples 56-66 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the communication device to operate with the second RAT.

In example 68, the subject matter of example 67 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains to operate as a hotspot based on the credential information.

In example 69, the subject matter of example 68 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: establishing a communication link between the convergence function and a second transceiver at the communication device via a convergence function of the communication device.

In example 70, the subject matter of examples 49-69 includes means for receiving a connection with a communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for receiving, at the convergence function, credential information associated with an active communication link between the communication device and a second communication device, the active communication link using a second RAT from the plurality of RATs; and means for providing the credential information to the communication device for establishing a communication link with the third communication device based on the credential information.

In example 71, the subject matter of example 70 includes means for establishing an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 72, the subject matter of example 71 includes means for receiving device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface; and means for receiving the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 73, the subject matter of examples 70-72 includes wherein the convergence function includes a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies, the apparatus further comprising: means for dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to the plurality of RATs upon detecting an incompatibility between at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the apparatus and at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication apparatus.

In example 74, the subject matter of examples 70-73 includes means for receiving an acknowledgement that a communication link between the communication device and the second communication device is deactivated using an inter-convergence function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 75, the subject matter of example 74 includes means for establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device after receiving the acknowledgement.

In example 76, the subject matter of examples 70-75 includes means for establishing the connection with the communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the device and the communication device.

In example 77, the subject matter of examples 70-76 includes, wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the communication device to operate with the second RAT, and wherein the device further comprises: means for activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains to operate as a hotspot based on the credential information.

In example 78, the subject matter of example 77 includes means for establishing a communication link between the convergence function and a second transceiver at the communication device via the convergence function of the communication device.

In example 79, the subject matter of examples 69-78 includes wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

In example 80, the subject matter of examples 49-79 includes, a link quality estimator; wherein the carrier terminal device is within a first carrier; wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving a broadcast message via a fourth multi-radio communication link associated with one of the plurality of available RATs; and determining a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link based on the received broadcast message; and wherein the link quality estimator is configured to: storing, in a link quality ranking list, a link quality indicator representing a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link according to the measurement information; and ranking the link quality indicators within a link quality ranking list comprising one or more additional link quality indicators representing one or more additional link qualities of one or more additional multi-radio communication links, wherein the link quality indicators are ordered in the link quality ranking list according to a predetermined ranking factor.

In example 81, the subject matter of example 80 includes wherein, to determine the link quality indicator, the hardware processor decodes measurement information from the broadcast message indicating the link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 82, the subject matter of examples 80-81 includes wherein, to determine the link quality indicator, the hardware processor measures a received signal strength that is indicative of a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 83, the subject matter of examples 80-82 includes wherein, to determine the link quality indicator, the hardware processor tracks one or more packet errors associated with the received broadcast message.

In example 84, the subject matter of examples 80-83 includes, wherein the apparatus is a second vehicle end device and a hardware processor of the second vehicle end device is configured to receive the broadcast message from the vehicle end device of the first vehicle via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 85, the subject matter of example 84 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to receive the broadcast message from a first convergence function of the carrier terminal device via the convergence function.

In example 86, the subject matter of examples 80-85 includes, wherein the predetermined ranking factor comprises an indication of a broadcast message type.

In example 87, the subject matter of examples 84-86 includes wherein the predetermined ranking factor is a distance between the first vehicle and the second vehicle.

In example 88, the subject matter of examples 80-87 includes wherein the hardware processor of the second vehicle terminal device is configured to receive the broadcast message from a roadside unit (RSU) via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 89, the subject matter of examples 80-88 includes wherein the hardware processor of the second vehicle terminal device is configured to receive the broadcast message from an evolved node b (enb) via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 90, the subject matter of examples 80-89 includes wherein the link quality estimator is configured to rank the link quality indicators according to both the predetermined ranking factor and contextual information associated with the vehicle end device or the second vehicle end device.

In example 91, the subject matter of example 90 includes wherein the hardware processor is to receive the context information from one or more applications of the vehicle end device or the second vehicle end device.

In example 92, the subject matter of examples 90-91 includes, wherein the contextual information is location information associated with the first vehicle, a second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 93, the subject matter of examples 90-92 includes, wherein the contextual information is sensor data associated with one or more sensors of the first vehicle, second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 94, the subject matter of examples 80-93 includes, wherein the link quality estimator is configured to: discarding one or more link quality indicators from the ranked list of link quality based on the predetermined ranking factor.

In example 95, the subject matter of examples 90-94 includes, wherein the link quality estimator is configured to: discarding one or more link quality indicators from the link quality ranking list based on the predetermined ranking factors and the contextual information.

In example 96, the subject matter of examples 80-95 includes, wherein the link quality estimator is configured to: identifying a high-priority link quality indicator within the link quality ranking list, the high-priority link quality indicator representing a high-priority multi-radio communication link, wherein the high-priority multi-radio communication link has a link quality below a specified quality threshold.

In example 97, the subject matter of example 96 includes wherein the second vehicle terminal device includes an antenna array comprising a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to a plurality of available transceivers, and the hardware processor is configured to improve the link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by modifying directions of radiation patterns of at least a subset of the MIMO antennas according to the directions of the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In example 98, the subject matter of examples 96-97 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor is to reduce a packet size of the packet by removing one or more information elements from a packet transmitted by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In example 99, the subject matter of examples 96-98 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor is to encode, for transmission by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link, a packet including one or more codes indicative of a high priority message.

In example 100, the subject matter of examples 96-99 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor is to encode a packet including an indication of sensor data associated with the first vehicle, second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles to be sent by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In example 101, the subject matter of examples 96-100 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor tracks a transmit window associated with a wireless medium, receives exclusive access to the wireless medium during the transmit window, and transmits, by the second vehicle terminal device, a packet including one or more information elements indicating a high priority message associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link during the transmit window.

In example 102, the subject matter of examples 96-101 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor is to transmit signals associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link over two or more frequency bands simultaneously.

In example 103, the subject matter of examples 96-102 includes wherein, to improve link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication, the hardware processor is to transmit signals associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link simultaneously over two or more subsets of the MIMO antennas.

In example 104, the subject matter of examples 49-103 includes, wherein the convergence function is configured to: establishing the third multi-radio communication link between the vehicle terminal device and the secondary communication node based on the current location of the vehicle terminal device.

In example 105, the subject matter of examples 32-104 includes, wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: receiving measurement information for the vehicle terminal device from the secondary communication node via the second multi-radio communication link.

In example 106, the subject matter of examples 32-105 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use a same one of the plurality of available RATs on a different communication frequency.

In example 107, the subject matter of examples 1-106 includes a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and wherein the hardware processor, to complete the communication, is configured to: decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

In example 108, the subject matter of example 107 includes wherein the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using one or more other intermediate nodes and the first RAT communication link.

In example 109, the subject matter of example 107-108 includes a third transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using the new communication link, the new communication link being one of the first RAT, the second RAT, or the third RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 110, the subject matter as described in example 107 and 109 includes, wherein: the node is a User Equipment (UE); and the apparatus is a Radio Resource Controller (RRC) of an evolved node b (enb).

In example 111, the subject matter of example 107-110 includes wherein the transceiver interface includes an carrier-to-anything (V2X) convergence function that provides a common interface between the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 112, the subject matter of example 111 includes wherein the V2X convergence function is configured to: communicate with a V2X convergence function of the node via the first RAT communication link; and communicate with the V2X convergence function of the one or more intermediate nodes via the second RAT communication link.

In example 113, the subject matter of example 107-112 includes wherein the node is an eNB and the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 114, the subject matter of example 107-113 includes wherein the device is a vehicle terminal device within a mobile vehicle and the measurement information includes a current location of the mobile vehicle.

In example 115, the subject matter of example 114 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: estimating a future position of the mobile vehicle based on the current position; and selecting a second intermediate node of the one or more intermediate nodes based on proximity of the node to the future location; and establishing the new communication link with the second intermediate node.

In example 116, the subject matter of example 114 and 115 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises at least one antenna array disposed at a first location of a first surface of the vehicle and at least another antenna array disposed at a second location of the first surface.

In example 117, the subject matter of example 116 includes wherein the first surface is a roof of the carrier.

In example 118, the subject matter of example 116-117 includes wherein the first surface is a hood of the carrier.

In example 119, the subject matter of example 114 and 118 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains includes at least one antenna array etched into a front windshield of the carrier.

In example 120, the subject matter of example 116-119 includes wherein the at least one antenna array shares a front end module with a radar communication module of the vehicle.

The apparatus of example 121 is 116, wherein the at least one antenna array utilizes a front-end module that is separate from a front-end module utilized by a radar communication module of the vehicle.

In example 122, the subject matter of example 107-121 includes wherein the second RAT communication link comprises a first communication link between the communication device and the intermediate node and a second communication link between the intermediate node and the node.

In example 123, the subject matter of example 107-122 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: maintaining the first RAT communication link active concurrently with the second RAT communication link.

In example 124, the subject matter of example 107-123 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises an antenna array comprising a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to the plurality of available transceivers.

In example 125, the subject matter of example 124 includes, wherein: the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using the first RAT communication link and a first subset of the MIMO antennas; and the second transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using the second RAT communication link and a second subset of the MIMO antennas.

In example 126, the subject matter of example 107-125 includes wherein the second transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers is configured to communicate with the node using a communication link of a third RAT of the plurality of RATs and without using the one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 127, the subject matter of example 126 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: maintaining both the first RAT communication link and the third RAT communication link simultaneously connected to the node.

In example 128, the subject matter of example 127 includes, wherein the first RAT communication link comprises a data channel and the third RAT communication link comprises a control channel for transmitting control information.

In example 129, the subject matter of example 128 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: controlling, using at least a portion of the control information, direct communication between a plurality of other nodes associated with the device in a communication framework, the direct communication using one or more of the plurality of RATs, the one or more RATs being different from the third RAT.

In example 130, the subject matter of example 129 includes wherein the communication framework is based on an LTE dual connectivity framework.

In example 131, the subject matter of example 107-130 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with a carrier terminal device; and in response to a change in network environment, modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences.

In example 132, the subject matter of example 131 includes wherein the change in network environment is a change in mobility environment of the carrier terminal device.

In example 133, the subject matter of example 131-132 includes wherein the designation of the first RAT as the primary RAT and the designation of the second RAT as the secondary RAT is based on one or more network configurations.

In example 134, the subject matter of example 131 and example 133 includes wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs including: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 135, the subject matter of example 131 and 134 includes wherein the second transceiver is configured to communicate with the node via the communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 136, the subject matter as described in example 131 and 135 includes wherein the preference includes a specification of one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

In example 137, the subject matter of example 131 and 136 includes, wherein the change in the network environment comprises a change in a network load factor.

In example 138, the subject matter of examples 1-137 includes, wherein to complete the communication, the hardware processor is configured to: establishing a communication link with a first node using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; establishing a communication link with a second node using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; receiving first map data from the first node via the first RAT communication link; receiving second map data from the second node via the second RAT communication link; and generating updated map data associated with a current location of the device based on the first map data and the second map data.

In example 139, the subject matter of example 138 includes, wherein: the device is a carrier terminal device in a mobile carrier; the first node is a primary communication node; and the second node is a secondary communication node.

In example 140, the subject matter of example 139 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving the first map data in a unicast message from the primary communication node.

In example 141, the subject matter of example 139-140 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: receiving the first map data in the form of a broadcast message from the primary communication node, wherein the first map data is broadcast to the communication device and the secondary communication node.

In example 142, the subject matter of example 138 and example 141 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are redundant.

In example 143, the subject matter of example 138-142 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are non-redundant, and wherein the hardware processor is configured to: combining the first map data and the second map data to generate updated map data.

In example 144, the subject matter of examples 1-143 includes wherein a first transceiver chain from the plurality of transceiver chains is configured to communicate with an infrastructure node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs, and wherein to complete the communication, the hardware processor is configured to: decoding control information from the infrastructure node, the control information including vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) device discovery information; and establishing a new communication link with a second node based on the V2V device discovery information using a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains, wherein the second transceiver chain is configured to communicate with the second node using a communication link of a second RAT of the multiple RATs.

In example 145, the subject matter of example 144 includes wherein the second node is a line of sight (LOS) vehicle and the second RAT communication link is a V2V communication link based on one or more of a Wi-Fi direct connectivity framework, a Wi-Fi aware connectivity network, an LTE direct connectivity framework, or a 5G connectivity network.

In example 146, the subject matter of example 144-145 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is an LTE or 5G communication link and is configured to provide a control plane for managing V2V connectivity.

In example 147, the subject matter of example 144-146 includes wherein the control information from the infrastructure node further includes V2V resource allocation and V2V synchronization information to facilitate establishment of the new communication link with the second node.

In example 148, the subject matter of example 144-147 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: establishing the new communication link with the second node as a direct V2V link; and establishing another communication link with the second node via an intermediate node using a third transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains based on the V2V device discovery information.

In example 149, the subject matter of example 148 includes, wherein the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 150, the subject matter of example 148-149 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: decoding sensor data received from the intermediate node, wherein the sensor data originates from a non line of sight (NLOS) vehicle in communication with the intermediate node.

In example 151, the subject matter of example 148 and 150 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: encoding data for redundant transmission to the second node via both the direct V2V link and the other communication link with the second node via the intermediate node.

In example 152, the subject matter of example 144-151 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is a vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) link, the hardware processor within the vehicle and configured to receive assistance from the infrastructure node to enable direct V2V communication.

In example 153, the subject matter of example 148-152 includes wherein the second node and the intermediate node are cooperative vehicles that cooperate via a V2V link to improve one or more quality characteristics of at least one V2I link associated with the communication device.

In example 154, the subject matter of example 148-153 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: establishing a plurality of communication links with the intermediate node, each communication link with the intermediate node using a different RAT of the multiple RATs.

In example 155, the subject matter of examples 1-154 includes wherein a first transceiver chain from the plurality of transceiver chains is configured to communicate with an infrastructure node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs, and wherein to complete the communication, the apparatus further comprises: means for decoding control information from the infrastructure node, the control information comprising vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) device discovery information; and means for establishing a new communication link with a second node based on the V2V device discovery information using a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains, wherein the second transceiver chain is configured to communicate with the second node using a communication link of a second RAT of the multi-RAT.

In example 156, the subject matter of example 155 includes, wherein the second node is a line of sight (LOS) vehicle and the second RAT communication link is a V2V communication link based on one or more of a Wi-Fi direct connectivity framework, a Wi-Fi aware connectivity network, an LTE direct connectivity framework, or a 5G connectivity network.

In example 157, the subject matter of example 155-156 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is an LTE or 5G communication link and is configured to provide a control plane for managing V2V connectivity.

In example 158, the subject matter of example 155-.

In example 159, the subject matter of example 155 and 158 includes means for establishing the new communication link as a direct V2V link with the second node; and means for establishing another communication link with the second node via an intermediate node using a third transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains based on the V2V device discovery information.

In example 160, the subject matter of example 159 includes wherein the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 161, the subject matter of example 159-160 includes means for decoding sensor data received from the intermediate node, wherein the sensor data originates from a non-line-of-sight (NLOS) vehicle in communication with the intermediate node.

In example 162, the subject matter of example 159-161 includes means for encoding data for redundant transmission to the second node via both the direct V2V link and another communication link with the second node via the intermediate node.

In example 163, the subject matter of example 155-162 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is a vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) link, the hardware processor within the vehicle and configured to receive assistance from the infrastructure node to enable direct V2V communication.

In example 164, the subject matter of example 159-163 includes wherein the second node and the intermediate node are cooperative vehicles that cooperate via a V2V link to improve one or more quality characteristics of at least one V2I link associated with the communication device.

In example 165, the subject matter of example 144-164 includes wherein the communication with the infrastructure node and the second node uses one or more of the multiple RATs and is combined at a Physical (PHY) layer, a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer, or higher.

In example 166, the subject matter of examples 1-165 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: accessing a list of available RATs detected within range of the device; and determining to establish a new communication link with a selected RAT of the available RATs based on compatibility of transmission requirements of the device with the selected RAT.

In example 167, the subject matter of example 166 includes, wherein the requirement comprises one of: latency requirements, reliability requirements, throughput requirements, and requirements of applications executing on the device.

In example 168, the subject matter of example 166-167 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to select the selected RAT by accessing a database table indicating a relationship between the transmission requirement and at least one RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 169, the subject matter of example 168 includes, wherein the database table is stored at the device.

In example 170, the subject matter of example 168 and 169 includes wherein the database table is stored at the node.

In example 171, the subject matter of example 168 and 170 includes wherein the database table is populated by measurements of a set of parameters taken by at least one device.

In example 172, the subject matter of example 171 includes wherein the set of parameters to measure is indicated by the node.

In example 173, the subject matter of example 171-172 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is indicated by the at least one device.

In example 174, the subject matter of example 171-173 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is divided between neighboring devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 175, the subject matter of example 166-174 includes wherein the measurement information includes a Key Performance Indicator (KPI) characterizing a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 176, the subject matter of example 175 includes, wherein the KPI comprises at least two of: latency, congestion level, load, voice support, supported data rates, range, power level, frequency band covered, signal conditions, coexistence capability, encryption capability, and spectrum access method.

In example 177, the subject matter as in example 176 includes wherein the KPI further includes an indication of a time at which the respective RAT is expected to be turned off.

In example 178, the subject matter of example 168 and 177 includes, wherein the database table includes at least one validity indicator field to indicate a measure of trustworthiness.

In example 179, the subject matter of example 178 includes, wherein the credibility is based on at least one of: the position of the corresponding measurement is taken, and the time period of the corresponding measurement is taken.

In example 180, the subject matter of example 166 and 179 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: terminating use of a RAT upon detecting that operating conditions of the RAT have degraded below a threshold.

In example 181, the subject matter of example 166-180 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: determining to establish a set of communication links with a selected set of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 182, the subject matter of example 181 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on a range KPI of a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 183, the subject matter of example 181-182 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on susceptibility to depth shadowing by a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 184, the subject matter of example 166 and 183 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by the node.

In example 185, the subject matter of example 166-184 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by a neighboring device using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 186, the subject matter of example 166 plus 185 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to encode a request to use a RAT in the list of available RATs to send to the node.

In example 187, the subject matter of example 186 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to encode a request to use a set of RATs in the list of available RATs to send to the node.

In example 188, the subject matter of example 166-187 includes wherein the hardware processor is configured to: RAT hopping is achieved by selecting a first RAT for transmission of a first portion of a transmission and selecting a second RAT for transmission of a second portion of the transmission.

In example 189, the subject matter of example 188 includes, wherein the hardware processor is configured to: selecting the first RAT for a control portion of a transmission; and selecting the second RAT for the data portion of the transmission.

In example 190, the subject matter of examples 1-189 includes means for accessing a list of available RATs detected within range of the device; and means for determining to establish a new communication link with a selected RAT of the available RATs based on compatibility of transmission requirements of the device with the selected RAT.

In example 191, the subject matter of example 190 includes, wherein the requirement comprises one of: latency requirements, reliability requirements, throughput requirements, and requirements of applications executing on the device.

In example 192, the subject matter of example 190-191 includes means for selecting the selected RAT by accessing a database table indicating a relationship between the transmission requirement and at least one RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 193, the subject matter of example 192 includes, wherein the database table is stored at the device.

In example 194, the subject matter of example 192 and 193 includes wherein the database table is stored at the node.

In example 195, the subject matter of example 192-194 includes wherein the database table is populated by measurements of a set of parameters taken by at least one device.

In example 196, the subject matter of example 195 includes wherein the set of parameters to measure is indicated by the node.

In example 197, the subject matter of example 195-196 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is indicated by the at least one device.

In example 198, the subject matter as described in example 195-197 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is divided between proximate devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 199, the subject matter of example 190-198 includes wherein the measurement information includes a Key Performance Indicator (KPI) characterizing a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 200, the subject matter of example 199 includes, wherein the KPI comprises at least two of: latency, congestion level, load, voice support, supported data rates, range, power level, frequency band covered, signal conditions, coexistence capability, encryption capability, and spectrum access method.

In example 201, the subject matter of example 200 includes wherein the KPI further includes an indication of a time at which the respective RAT is expected to be turned off.

In example 202, the subject matter of example 192-201 includes wherein the database table includes at least one validity indicator field to indicate a measure of trustworthiness.

In example 203, the subject matter of example 202 includes, wherein the credibility is based on at least one of: the position of the corresponding measurement is taken, and the time period of the corresponding measurement is taken.

In example 204, the subject matter of example 190-203 includes means for terminating use of the RAT after detecting that operating conditions of the RAT have degraded below a threshold.

In example 205, the subject matter of example 190-204 includes means for determining to establish a set of communication links with a selected set of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 206, the subject matter of example 205 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on a range KPI of a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 207, the subject matter of example 205-206 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on susceptibility to depth shadowing by a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 208, the subject matter of example 190-207 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by the node.

In example 209, the subject matter of example 190-208 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by a neighboring device using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 210, the subject matter of example 190-209 includes means for encoding a request to use a RAT in the list of available RATs for transmission to the node.

In example 211, the subject matter of example 210 includes means for encoding a request to use a set of RATs in the list of available RATs to send to the node.

In example 212, the subject matter of example 190-211 includes means for enabling RAT hopping by selecting a first RAT for transmission of a first portion of a transmission and selecting a second RAT for transmission of a second portion of the transmission.

In example 213, the subject matter of example 212 includes means for selecting the first RAT for a control portion of a transmission; and means for selecting the second RAT for the transmitted data portion.

Example 214 is a method for multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) communication for a device, the device comprising a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains, the plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs, the method comprising: receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and controlling the plurality of transceiver chains via the plurality of connections of the transceiver interface to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

In example 215, the subject matter of example 214 includes receiving, with the multi-link encoder of the device, the data stream from the first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; applying code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and replicating the encoded data stream to generate a plurality of encoded data streams for transmission to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 216, the subject matter of example 215 includes controlling transmission of a first encoded data stream from the plurality of encoded data streams to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 217, the subject matter of example 216 includes controlling transmission of at least a second encoded data stream from the plurality of encoded data streams to at least the second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 218, the subject matter of example 217 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 219, the subject matter of example 215 and 218 includes controlling transmission of the plurality of encoded data streams to the at least second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 220, the subject matter of example 219 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs that are different from the first RAT.

In example 221, the subject matter of example 215-220 includes, wherein the code includes one or more of: repeating the code; a system code; quick dragon code; or a fountain code.

In example 222, the subject matter of example 214-221 includes receiving, via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains, a data flow from a first communication node via a communication link associated with the first RAT of the plurality of RATs; applying system code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and replicating the encoded data stream to generate a first encoded data stream having information bits associated with the data stream and at least a second encoded data stream having parity bits for decoding the information bits.

In example 223, the subject matter of example 222 includes controlling transmission of the first encoded data stream to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 224, the subject matter of example 222 and 223 includes controlling transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 225, the subject matter of example 224 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 226, the subject matter of example 222 and 225 includes controlling transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 227, the subject matter of example 226 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs that are different from the first RAT.

In example 228, the subject matter of example 222 and 227 includes wherein the transceiver interface further comprises an interleaver configured to interleave the encoded data stream.

In example 229, the subject matter of example 222-228 includes wherein the multilink encoder is within a protocol layer of a plurality of protocol layers of at least one protocol stack for the device.

In example 230, the subject matter of example 229 includes, wherein the multilink encoder is configured to interface with the plurality of transceiver chains via a common convergence layer within at least one protocol stack of the device.

In example 231, the subject matter of example 229-230 includes, wherein the plurality of protocol layers comprises: a physical layer (PHY) layer; a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer; a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer; and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer.

In example 232, the subject matter of example 229-231 includes receiving the data flow from a first protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers; and outputting the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers.

In example 233, the subject matter of example 222-232 includes receiving one or more of a packet reception acknowledgement, a quality of service (QoS) indicator, and channel quality feedback information; and adjusting one or more of a coding redundancy level, a number of output communication links for transmission of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream, and a number of retransmissions of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream based on the packet reception acknowledgement, the QoS, or the channel quality feedback information.

In example 234, the subject matter of example 214-233 includes receiving measurement information from a carrier terminal device via a first multi-radio communication link associated with at least a first RAT of a plurality of available RATs from the plurality of RATs; configuring a secondary communication node to communicate with the vehicle terminal device via a second multi-radio communication link; and encoding configuration information associated with the secondary communication node for sending to the vehicle terminal device, the configuration information for establishing a third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the vehicle terminal device.

In example 235, the subject matter of example 234 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use one or more of the plurality of available RATs.

In example 236, the subject matter of example 234 and 235 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link is a 3GPP carrier aggregation communication link and the apparatus is an evolved node b (enb) Radio Resource Controller (RRC).

In example 237, the subject matter of example 234 and 236 includes wherein the measurement information includes vehicle location information associated with a vehicle terminal device.

In example 238, the subject matter of example 237 includes estimating a future vehicle location associated with the vehicle terminal device based on the vehicle location information; and selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on the estimated future vehicle position.

In example 239, the subject matter of example 234-238 includes wherein the measurement information includes channel quality information for one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device, the one or more available channels being associated with at least one of the plurality of RATs.

In example 240, the subject matter of example 239 includes wherein configuring the secondary communication node includes selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device.

In example 241, the subject matter of example 240 includes wherein configuring the secondary communication node includes encoding, for transmission to the secondary communication node, an indication of one of the plurality of available RATs selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device.

In example 242, the subject matter of example 241 includes, wherein the configuration information associated with the secondary communication node includes an indication of a RAT selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 243, the subject matter of example 234 and 242 comprises, wherein the primary communication node is an evolved node b (enb) and the secondary communication node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 244, the subject matter of example 234 and 243 includes wherein the device is configured for dual connectivity with the primary communication node and the secondary communication node.

In example 245, the subject matter of example 244 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link and the third multi-radio communication link are simultaneously active during the dual connectivity.

In example 246, the subject matter of example 245 includes, wherein, during the dual connectivity, the first multi-radio communication link is used for data communications and the third multi-radio communication link is used for communications of control information.

In example 247, the subject matter of example 245-246 includes wherein the second multi-radio communication link is a backhaul data connection for the first multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the master communication node.

In example 248, the subject matter of example 234-247 includes wherein the plurality of RATs includes at least two of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 249, the subject matter of example 234 and 248 includes wherein the measurement information from the device includes measurement information for a plurality of nodes accessible to the vehicle terminal device.

In example 250, the subject matter of example 249 includes selecting the secondary communication node from the plurality of nodes to communicate with the vehicle end device based on the measurement information.

In example 251, the subject matter of example 234 and 250 includes wherein the plurality of transceivers are interconnected via a convergence function.

In example 252, the subject matter of example 251 includes receiving a connection with a communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; receiving, at the convergence function, credential information associated with an active communication link between the communication device and a second communication device, the active communication link using a second RAT from the plurality of RATs; and providing the credential information to the communication device to establish a communication link with a third communication device based on the credential information.

In example 253, the subject matter of example 252 includes establishing an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 254, the subject matter of example 253 includes receiving, via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface, device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device; and receiving the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 255, the subject matter as described in example 252-254 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 256, the subject matter of example 252-255 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 257, the subject matter of example 256 includes dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to the plurality of RATs upon detecting an incompatibility between at least one of a plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies available at the device and at least one of a plurality of vehicular radio communication technologies available at the communication device.

In example 258, the subject matter of example 252-257 includes wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies includes one or more of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; or 5G radio communication technology.

In example 259, the subject matter of example 258 includes wherein the first vehicular radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicular radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, an LTE radio communication technology, or a 5G radio communication technology.

In example 260, the subject matter of example 252-259 comprises receiving an acknowledgement that a communication link between the communication device and the second communication device is deactivated via an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 261, the subject matter of example 260 includes establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device after receiving the acknowledgement.

In example 262, the subject matter of example 252-261 includes establishing the connection with the communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the device and the communication device.

In example 263, the subject matter of example 252-262 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the communication device to operate with the second RAT.

In example 264, the subject matter of example 263 includes activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains to operate as a hotspot based on the credential information.

In example 265, the subject matter of example 264 includes establishing, via a convergence function of the communication device, a communication link between the convergence function and a second transceiver at the communication device.

In example 266, the subject matter of example 265 includes wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

In example 267, the subject matter of example 251-266 includes receiving a broadcast message via a fourth multi-radio communication link associated with one of the plurality of available RATs; determining a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link based on the received broadcast message; storing, in a link quality ranking list, a link quality indicator representing a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link according to the measurement information; and ranking the link quality indicators within a link quality ranking list comprising one or more additional link quality indicators representing one or more additional link qualities of one or more additional multi-radio communication links, wherein the link quality indicators are ordered in the link quality ranking list according to a predetermined ranking factor.

In example 268, the subject matter of example 267 includes wherein determining the link quality indicator includes decoding measurement information from the broadcast message indicating a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 269, the subject matter of example 267-268 includes wherein determining the link quality indicator includes measuring a received signal strength, the received signal strength being indicative of a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 270, the subject matter of example 267-269 includes wherein determining the link quality indicator includes tracking one or more packet errors associated with the received broadcast message.

In example 271, the subject matter of example 267-270 includes receiving the broadcast message from a vehicle terminal device of the first vehicle via the fourth multi-radio communication link, wherein the device is a second vehicle terminal device.

In example 272, the subject matter of example 271 includes receiving the broadcast message from a first convergence function of the carrier terminal device via the convergence function.

In example 273, the subject matter of example 267 and 272 includes, wherein the predetermined ranking factor comprises an indication of a type of broadcast message.

In example 274, the subject matter of example 271 and 273 includes wherein the predetermined ranking factor is a distance between the first vehicle and the second vehicle.

In example 275, the subject matter of example 267-274 includes receiving, by the second vehicle terminal device, the broadcast message from a roadside unit (RSU) via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 276, the subject matter of example 267-275 includes receiving, by the second vehicle terminal device, the broadcast message from an evolved node b (enb) via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 277, the subject matter of example 267-276 includes ranking the link quality indicator according to both the predetermined ranking factor and contextual information associated with the vehicle end device or the second vehicle end device.

In example 278, the subject matter of example 277 includes receiving the context information from one or more applications of the vehicle terminal device or the second vehicle terminal device.

In example 279, the subject matter of example 277-278 includes wherein the contextual information is location information associated with the first vehicle, the second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 280, the subject matter of example 277-279 includes wherein the contextual information is sensor data associated with one or more sensors of the first vehicle, the second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 281, the subject matter of example 267-280 includes discarding one or more link quality indicators from the link quality ranking list based on the predetermined ranking factor.

In example 282, the subject matter of example 277-281 includes discarding one or more link quality indicators from the link quality ranking list based on the predetermined ranking factor and the contextual information.

In example 283, the subject matter as described in example 267-282 includes identifying a high-priority link quality indicator within the link quality ranking list, the high-priority link quality indicator representing a high-priority multi-radio communication link having a link quality below a specified quality threshold.

In example 284, the subject matter of example 283 includes wherein the second vehicle terminal device includes an antenna array that includes improving link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by modifying a direction of a radiation pattern of at least a subset of a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to a plurality of available transceivers.

In example 285, the subject matter of example 283-.

In example 286, the subject matter of example 283-.

In example 287, the subject matter of example 283-: encoding, for transmission by the second vehicle terminal device via the high-priority multi-radio communication link, a packet including an indication of sensor data associated with the first vehicle, second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 288, the subject matter of example 283-: tracking a transmission window associated with a wireless medium; receiving exclusive access to the wireless medium during the transmit window; transmitting, by the second vehicle terminal device, a packet including one or more information elements indicating a high-priority message associated with the high-priority multi-radio communication link during the transmission window.

In example 289, the subject matter of example 283-.

In example 290, the subject matter as described in example 283-.

In example 291, the subject matter of example 251-290 includes wherein the convergence function is to establish the third multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the secondary communication node based on a current location of the carrier terminal device.

In example 292, the subject matter of example 234 and 291 comprises receiving measurement information for the carrier terminal device from the secondary communication node via the second multi-radio communication link.

In example 293, the subject matter of example 234- > 292 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use a same one of the plurality of available RATs on a different communication frequency.

In example 294, the subject matter of example 214 and 293 includes, wherein the apparatus comprises: a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and wherein completing the communication comprises: decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

In example 295, the subject matter of example 294 includes wherein the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using one or more other intermediate nodes and the first RAT communication link.

In example 296, the subject matter of example 294-295 includes, wherein the apparatus includes a third transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using the new communication link, the new communication link being one of the first RAT, the second RAT, or the third RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 297, the subject matter as described in example 294-: the node is a User Equipment (UE); and the apparatus is a Radio Resource Controller (RRC) of an evolved node b (enb).

In example 298, the subject matter of example 294-297 includes wherein the transceiver interface includes a carrier-to-anything (V2X) convergence function that provides a common interface between the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 299, the subject matter of example 298 includes, wherein the V2X convergence function: communicate with a V2X convergence function of the node via the first RAT communication link; and communicate with the V2X convergence function of the one or more intermediate nodes via the second RAT communication link.

In example 300, the subject matter of example 294-.

In example 301, the subject matter of example 294-300 includes, wherein the device is a vehicle terminal device within a mobile vehicle, and the measurement information includes a current location of the mobile vehicle.

In example 302, the subject matter of example 301 includes estimating a future location of the mobile vehicle based on the current location; and selecting a second intermediate node of the one or more intermediate nodes based on proximity of the node to the future location; and establishing the new communication link with the second intermediate node.

In example 303, the subject matter of example 301-302 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises at least one antenna array disposed at a first location of a first surface of the vehicle and at least another antenna array disposed at a second location of the first surface.

In example 304, the subject matter of example 303 includes wherein the first surface is a roof of the vehicle.

In example 305, the subject matter of example 303-304 includes wherein the first surface is a hood of the vehicle.

In example 306, the subject matter of example 301-305 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises at least one antenna array etched into a front windshield of the carrier.

In example 307, the subject matter of example 303-306 includes wherein the at least one antenna array shares a front end module with a radar communication module of the vehicle.

In example 308, the subject matter of example 303-307 includes wherein the at least one antenna array uses a front end module separate from a front end module used by a radar communication module of the vehicle.

In example 309, the subject matter of example 294-308 includes wherein the second RAT communication link comprises a first communication link between the communication device and the intermediate node, and a second communication link between the intermediate node and the node.

In example 310, the subject matter of example 294- > 309 includes maintaining the first RAT communication link active concurrently with the second RAT communication link.

In example 311, the subject matter of example 294-310 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises an antenna array comprising a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to the plurality of available transceivers.

In example 312, the subject matter of example 311 includes wherein the first transceiver is to communicate with the node using the first RAT communication link and a first subset of the MIMO antennas; and wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node using the second RAT communication link and a second subset of the MIMO antennas.

In example 313, the subject matter of example 294-.

In example 314, the subject matter of example 313 includes maintaining both the first RAT communication link and the third RAT communication link connected to the node at the same time.

In example 315, the subject matter of example 314 includes wherein the first RAT communication link comprises a data channel and the third RAT communication link comprises a control channel for transmitting control information.

In example 316, the subject matter of example 315 includes using at least a portion of the control information to control direct communication between a plurality of other nodes associated with the method in a communication framework, the direct communication using one or more of the plurality of RATs, the one or more RATs different from the third RAT.

In example 317, the subject matter of example 316 includes wherein the communication framework is based on an LTE dual connectivity framework.

In example 318, the subject matter of example 294-317 includes designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with a carrier terminal device; and in response to a change in network environment, modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences.

In example 319, the subject matter of example 318 includes wherein the change in the network environment is a change in a mobility environment of the carrier terminal device.

In example 320, the subject matter of example 318-319 includes wherein the designation of the first RAT as the primary RAT and the designation of the second RAT as the secondary RAT is based on one or more network configurations.

In example 321, the subject matter of example 318-320 includes wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs including: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 322, the subject matter of example 318-321 includes wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node via the communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 323, the subject matter as described in example 318-322 includes, wherein the preference includes a specification of one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

In example 324, the subject matter as described in example 318 and example 323 includes, wherein the change in the network environment comprises a change in a network load factor.

In example 325, the subject matter of example 214 and 324 includes, wherein completing the communication comprises: establishing a communication link with a first node using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; establishing a communication link with a second node using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; receiving first map data from the first node via the first RAT communication link; receiving second map data from the second node via the second RAT communication link; and generating updated map data associated with a current location of the device based on the first map data and the second map data.

In example 326, the subject matter of example 325 includes, wherein: the device is a carrier terminal device in a mobile carrier; the first node is a primary communication node; and the second node is a secondary communication node.

In example 327, the subject matter of example 326 includes receiving the first map data in a unicast message from the primary communication node.

In example 328, the subject matter of example 326-327 comprises receiving the first map data in the form of a broadcast message from the primary communication node, wherein the first map data is broadcast to the communication device and the secondary communication node.

In example 329, the subject matter of example 325 and 328 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are redundant.

In example 330, the subject matter of example 325-329 includes combining the first map data and the second map data to generate updated map data, wherein the first map data and the second map data are not redundant.

In example 331, the subject matter of example 214 and example 330 includes wherein the first transceiver chain from the plurality of transceiver chains communicates with the infrastructure node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs, and wherein completing the communication includes: decoding control information from the infrastructure node, the control information including vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) device discovery information; and establishing a new communication link with a second node based on the V2V device discovery information using a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains, wherein the second transceiver chain is configured to communicate with the second node using a communication link of a second RAT of the multiple RATs.

In example 332, the subject matter of example 331 includes, wherein the second node is a line of sight (LOS) vehicle and the second RAT communication link is a V2V communication link based on one or more of a Wi-Fi direct connectivity framework, a Wi-Fi aware connectivity network, an LTE direct connectivity framework, or a 5G connectivity network.

In example 333, the subject matter of example 331-332 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is an LTE or 5G communication link and is configured to provide a control plane for managing V2V connectivity.

In example 334, the subject matter of example 331-333 includes wherein the control information from the infrastructure node further includes V2V resource allocation and V2V synchronization information to facilitate establishment of the new communication link with the second node.

In example 335, the subject matter of example 331-334 includes establishing the new communication link as a direct V2V link with the second node; and establishing another communication link with the second node via an intermediate node using a third transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains based on the V2V device discovery information.

In example 336, the subject matter of example 335 includes, wherein the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 337, the subject matter of example 335 and 336 includes decoding sensor data received from the intermediate node, wherein the sensor data originates from a non line of sight (NLOS) vehicle in communication with the intermediate node.

In example 338, the subject matter of example 335-337 includes encoding data for redundant transmission to the second node via both the direct V2V link and another communication link with the second node via the intermediate node.

In example 339, the subject matter of examples 331-338 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is a vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I) link, the apparatus being within a vehicle and configured to receive assistance from the infrastructure node to enable direct V2V communication.

In example 340, the subject matter of example 335 and 339 includes wherein the second node and the intermediate node are cooperative vehicles that cooperate via a V2V link to improve one or more quality characteristics of at least one V2I link associated with the communication device.

In example 341, the subject matter of example 335-.

In example 342, the subject matter of example 331-341 includes wherein the communication with the infrastructure node and the second node uses one or more of the multiple RATs and is combined at a Physical (PHY) layer, a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer, or higher.

In example 343, the subject matter of example 214 and example 342 includes accessing a list of available RATs detected within range of the device; and determining to establish a new communication link with a selected RAT of the available RATs based on compatibility of transmission requirements of the device with the selected RAT.

In example 344, the subject matter of example 343 includes, wherein the requirement comprises one of: latency requirements, reliability requirements, throughput requirements, and requirements of applications executing on the device.

In example 345, the subject matter of example 343-344 includes selecting the selected RAT by accessing a database table indicating a relationship between the transmission requirement and at least one RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 346, the subject matter of example 345 includes, wherein the database table is stored at the device.

In example 347, the subject matter of example 345 and 346 includes wherein the database table is stored at the node.

In example 348, the subject matter of example 345-347 includes wherein the database table is populated by measurements of a set of parameters taken by at least one RAT.

In example 349, the subject matter of example 348 includes wherein the set of parameters to measure is indicated by the node.

In example 350, the subject matter of example 348 and 349 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is indicated by the at least one device.

In example 351, the subject matter as described in example 348 and 350 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is divided between proximate devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 352, the subject matter of example 343-351 comprises, wherein the measurement information comprises a Key Performance Indicator (KPI) characterizing a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 353, the subject matter of example 352 includes wherein the KPI comprises at least two of: latency, congestion level, load, voice support, supported data rates, range, power level, frequency band covered, signal conditions, coexistence capability, encryption capability, and spectrum access method.

In example 354, the subject matter of example 353 includes wherein the KPI further includes an indication of a time at which the respective RAT is expected to be turned off.

In example 355, the subject matter of example 345-354 includes wherein the database table includes at least one validity indicator field to indicate a measure of trustworthiness.

In example 356, the subject matter of example 355 includes, wherein the credibility is based on at least one of: the position of the corresponding measurement is taken, and the time period of the corresponding measurement is taken.

In example 357, the subject matter of example 343-356 comprises terminating use of the RAT after detecting that operating conditions of the RAT have degraded below a threshold.

In example 358, the subject matter of example 343-357 includes determining to establish a set of communication links with a selected set of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 359, the subject matter of example 358 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on range KPIs of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 360, the subject matter of example 358 and 359 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on susceptibility to depth shadowing by a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 361, the subject matter of example 343-360 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by the node.

In example 362, the subject matter of example 343-361 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by neighboring devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 363, the subject matter of example 343-362 comprising encoding a request to use a RAT in the list of available RATs to send to the node.

In example 364, the subject matter of example 363 includes encoding the request to use the set of RATs in the list of available RATs to send to the node.

In example 365, the subject matter as described in example 343-364 includes enabling RAT hopping by selecting a first RAT for transmission of a first portion of a transmission and selecting a second RAT for transmission of a second portion of the transmission.

In example 366, the subject matter of example 365 includes selecting the first RAT for a control portion of a transmission; and selecting the second RAT for the data portion of the transmission.

Example 367 is at least one machine readable medium comprising instructions that, when executed by processing circuitry, cause the processing circuitry to perform any of the methods of example 214-366.

Example 368 is a system comprising means for performing any of the methods of examples 214 and 366.

Example 369 is an apparatus for multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) communication, the apparatus comprising a transceiver interface comprising a plurality of connections to communicate with a plurality of transceiver chains supporting a plurality of RATs, the apparatus further comprising: means for receiving communications associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs; and means for controlling the plurality of transceiver chains via the plurality of connections of the transceiver interface to coordinate the plurality of RATs to complete the communication.

In example 370, the subject matter of example 369 includes means for receiving, with a multi-link encoder of the device, a data stream from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for applying code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and means for replicating the encoded data stream to generate a plurality of encoded data streams for transmission to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 371, the subject matter of example 370 includes means for controlling transmission of a first encoded data stream from the plurality of encoded data streams to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 372, the subject matter of example 371 includes means for controlling transmission of at least a second encoded data stream from the plurality of encoded data streams to at least the second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 373, the subject matter of example 372 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 374, the subject matter of example 370-373 includes means for controlling transmission of the plurality of encoded data streams to the at least second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 375, the subject matter of example 374 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs different from the first RAT.

In example 376, the subject matter of example 370-375 includes, wherein the code includes one or more of: repeating the code; a system code; quick dragon code; or a fountain code.

In example 377, the subject matter of example 369-376 includes means for receiving a data flow from a first communication node via a first transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains via a communication link associated with the first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for applying system code to the data stream to generate an encoded data stream; and means for replicating the encoded data stream to generate a first encoded data stream having information bits associated with the data stream, and at least a second encoded data stream having parity bits for decoding the information bits.

In example 378, the subject matter of example 377 includes means for controlling transmission of the first encoded data stream to the first communication node via a first RAT communication link of the first transceiver chain.

In example 379, the subject matter as described in example 377-378 includes means for controlling transmission of the at least a second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more other communication links of the first transceiver chain.

In example 380, the subject matter of example 379 includes wherein the one or more other communication links are associated with a first RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 381, the subject matter as described in example 377-380 may comprise means for controlling transmission of the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second communication node via one or more communication links of a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 382, the subject matter of example 381 includes wherein the one or more communication links of the second transceiver chain are associated with one or more of the plurality of RATs different from the first RAT.

In example 383, the subject matter of example 377-382 includes wherein the transceiver interface further includes an interleaver configured to interleave the encoded data stream.

In example 384, the subject matter of example 377-383 includes wherein the multilink encoder is within a protocol layer of a plurality of protocol layers of at least one protocol stack for the device.

In example 385, the subject matter of example 384 includes wherein the multi-link encoder is configured to interface with the plurality of transceiver chains via a common convergence layer within at least one protocol stack of the device.

In example 386, the subject matter of example 384-385 includes, wherein the plurality of protocol layers comprises: a physical layer (PHY) layer; a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer; a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer; and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer.

In example 387, the subject matter of example 384-; and means for outputting the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream to at least a second protocol layer of the plurality of protocol layers.

In example 388, the subject matter as described in example 377-387 includes means for receiving one or more of a packet reception acknowledgement, a quality of service (QoS) indicator, and channel quality feedback information; and means for adjusting one or more of an encoding redundancy level, a number of output communication links for transmission of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream, and a number of retransmissions of the first encoded data stream and the at least second encoded data stream based on the packet reception acknowledgement, the QoS, or the channel quality feedback information.

In example 389, the subject matter of example 369 and 388 includes means for receiving measurement information from the vehicle terminal device via a first multi-radio communication link associated with at least a first RAT of a plurality of available RATs from the plurality of RATs; means for configuring a secondary communication node to communicate with the vehicle terminal device via a second multi-radio communication link; and means for encoding configuration information associated with the secondary communication node for sending to the carrier terminal device, the configuration information for establishing a third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 390, the subject matter of example 389 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use one or more of the plurality of available RATs.

In example 391, the subject matter of example 389-390 further includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link is a 3GPP carrier aggregation communication link and the device is an evolved node b (enb) Radio Resource Controller (RRC).

In example 392, the subject matter of example 389-391 includes wherein the measurement information includes carrier location information associated with a carrier terminal device.

In example 393, the subject matter of example 392 includes means for estimating a future vehicle location associated with the vehicle terminal device based on the vehicle location information; and means for selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on the estimated future vehicle position.

In example 394, the subject matter of example 389-393 includes wherein the measurement information includes channel quality information for one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device, the one or more available channels associated with at least one of the plurality of RATs.

In example 395, the subject matter of example 394 includes wherein configuring the secondary communication node comprises selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the vehicle end device.

In example 396, the subject matter of example 395 includes wherein configuring the secondary communication node includes encoding an indication of one of the plurality of available RATs selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device to send to the secondary communication node.

In example 397, the subject matter of example 396 includes wherein the configuration information associated with the secondary communication node includes an indication of a RAT selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 398, the subject matter of example 389-.

In example 399, the subject matter of example 389-398 includes wherein the device is configured for dual connectivity with the primary communication node and the secondary communication node.

In example 400, the subject matter of example 399 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link and the third multi-radio communication link are simultaneously active during the dual connectivity.

In example 401, the subject matter of example 400 includes wherein, during the dual connectivity, the first multi-radio communication link is used for data communications and the third multi-radio communication link is used for communications of control information.

In example 402, the subject matter of example 400-401 includes wherein the second multi-radio communication link is a backhaul data connection for the first multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the master communication node.

In example 403, the subject matter of example 389-402 includes wherein the plurality of RATs comprises at least two of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 404, the subject matter of example 389-403 includes wherein the measurement information from the device includes measurement information about a plurality of nodes accessible to the vehicle terminal device.

In example 405, the subject matter of example 404 includes means for selecting the secondary communication node from the plurality of nodes to communicate with the vehicle end device based on the measurement information.

In example 406, the subject matter of example 389-405 includes wherein the plurality of transceivers are interconnected via a convergence function.

In example 407, the subject matter of example 406 includes means for receiving a connection with a communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for receiving, at the convergence function, credential information associated with an active communication link between the communication device and a second communication device, the active communication link using a second RAT from the plurality of RATs; and means for providing the credential information to the communication device for establishing a communication link with the third communication device based on the credential information.

In example 408, the subject matter of example 407 includes means for establishing an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 409, the subject matter of example 408 includes means for receiving device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface; and means for receiving the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 410, the subject matter as described in example 407 and 409 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 411, the subject matter as described in example 407 and 410 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 412, the subject matter of example 411 includes means for dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to the plurality of RATs upon detecting an incompatibility between at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the device and at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device.

In example 413, the subject matter of example 407 and 412 includes wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies includes one or more of: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; or 5G radio communication technology.

In example 414, the subject matter of example 413 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, an LTE radio communication technology, or a 5G radio communication technology.

In example 415, the subject matter of example 407 and 414 includes means for receiving an acknowledgement that a communication link between the communication device and the second communication device is deactivated via an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function and a convergence function at the communication device.

In example 416, the subject matter of example 415 includes means for establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device after receiving the acknowledgement.

In example 417, the subject matter of example 407 and 416 includes means for establishing the connection with the communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the device and the communication device.

In example 418, the subject matter of example 407 and 417 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the communication device to operate with the second RAT.

In example 419, the subject matter of example 418 includes means for activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains to operate as a hotspot based on the credential information.

In example 420, the subject matter of example 419 includes means for establishing a communication link between the convergence function and a second transceiver at the communication device via the convergence function of the communication device.

In example 421, the subject matter of example 420 includes wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

In example 422, the subject matter of example 406 and 421 includes means for receiving a broadcast message via a fourth multi-radio communication link associated with one of the plurality of available RATs; means for determining a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link based on the received broadcast message; means for storing, within a link quality ranking list, a link quality indicator representing a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link in accordance with the measurement information; and means for ranking the link quality indicators within a link quality ranking list comprising one or more additional link quality indicators representing one or more additional link qualities of one or more additional multi-radio communication links, wherein the link quality indicators are ordered in the link quality ranking list according to a predetermined ranking factor.

In example 423, the subject matter of example 422 includes means for decoding measurement information from the broadcast message indicating a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 424, the subject matter of example 422 and 423 includes means for measuring a received signal strength, the received signal strength being indicative of a link quality of the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 425, the subject matter described in example 422 and 424 may include means for tracking one or more packet errors associated with the received broadcast message.

In example 426, the subject matter of example 422 and 425 includes means for receiving the broadcast message from a vehicle terminal device of the first vehicle via the fourth multi-radio communication link, wherein the device is a second vehicle terminal device.

In example 427, the subject matter of example 426 includes means for receiving the broadcast message from a first convergence function of the carrier end device via the convergence function.

In example 428, the subject matter of example 422 and 427 includes, wherein the predetermined ranking factor includes an indication of a type of broadcast message.

In example 429, the subject matter of example 426-428 comprises, wherein the predetermined ranking factor is a distance between the first vehicle and the second vehicle.

In example 430, the subject matter of example 422-.

In example 431, the subject matter of example 422 and 430 includes means for receiving, by the second vehicle terminal device, the broadcast message from an evolved node b (enb) via the fourth multi-radio communication link.

In example 432, the subject matter of example 422 and 431 includes means for ranking the link quality indicator according to both the predetermined ranking factor and contextual information associated with the vehicle end device or the second vehicle end device.

In example 433, the subject matter of example 432 includes means for receiving the context information from one or more applications of the vehicle end device or the second vehicle end device.

In example 434, the subject matter of example 432 and 433 includes wherein the contextual information is location information associated with the first vehicle, the second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 435, the subject matter of example 432-434 includes wherein the contextual information is sensor data associated with one or more sensors of the first vehicle, the second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles.

In example 436, the subject matter of example 422 and 435 includes means for discarding one or more link quality indicators from the link quality ranking list based on the predetermined ranking factor.

In example 437, the subject matter of example 432- > 436 comprises means for discarding one or more link quality indicators from the link quality ranking list based on the predetermined ranking factor and the contextual information.

In example 438, the subject matter of example 422 and 437 includes means for identifying a high-priority link quality indicator within the link quality ranking list, the high-priority link quality indicator representing a high-priority multi-radio communication link, wherein the high-priority multi-radio communication link has a link quality below a specified quality threshold.

In example 439, the subject matter of example 438 includes wherein the second vehicle terminal device comprises an antenna array comprising an antenna array that improves link quality of the high priority multi-radio communication link by modifying a direction of a radiation pattern of at least a subset of a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to a plurality of available transceivers.

In example 440, the subject matter of example 438 and 439 comprises means for reducing a packet size of a packet sent by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link by removing one or more information elements from the packet.

In example 441, the subject matter of example 438-440 includes means for encoding a packet including one or more codes indicative of a high priority message for transmission by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In example 442, the subject matter of example 438 and 441 includes means for encoding a packet including an indication of sensor data associated with the first vehicle, second vehicle, or one or more additional vehicles for transmission by the second vehicle terminal device via the high priority multi-radio communication link.

In example 443, the subject matter as described in example 438-; means for receiving exclusive access to the wireless medium during the transmit window; and means for transmitting, by the second vehicle terminal device, a packet including one or more information elements indicating a high priority message associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link during the transmission window.

In example 444, the subject matter of example 438 and 443 includes means for transmitting signals associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link over two or more frequency bands simultaneously.

In example 445, the subject matter of example 438-444 includes means for simultaneously transmitting signals associated with the high priority multi-radio communication link over two or more subsets of the MIMO antennas.

In example 446, the subject matter of example 406 and 445 includes wherein the convergence function establishes the third multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the secondary communication node based on the current location of the carrier terminal device.

In example 447, the subject matter of example 389- > 446 includes means for receiving measurement information for the vehicle terminal device from the secondary communication node via the second multi-radio communication link.

In example 448, the subject matter of example 389 447 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use a same one of the plurality of available RATs on a different communication frequency.

In example 449, the subject matter of example 369-: a first transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs; a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; and wherein to complete the communication, the apparatus further comprises: means for decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and means for determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

In example 450, the subject matter of example 449 includes wherein the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using one or more other intermediate nodes and the first RAT communication link.

In example 451, the subject matter of example 449-450 includes wherein the apparatus includes a third transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains configured to communicate with the node using the new communication link, the new communication link being one of the first RAT, the second RAT, or the third RAT of the plurality of RATs.

In example 452, the subject matter of example 449-451 comprises, wherein: the node is a User Equipment (UE); and the apparatus is a Radio Resource Controller (RRC) of an evolved node b (enb).

In example 453, the subject matter of example 449-452 includes wherein the transceiver interface includes a vehicle-to-anything (V2X) convergence function to provide a common interface between the plurality of transceiver chains.

In example 454, the subject matter of example 453 includes, wherein the V2X convergence function includes: means for communicating with a V2X convergence function of the node via the first RAT communication link; and means for communicating with the V2X convergence function of the one or more intermediate nodes via the second RAT communication link.

In example 455, the subject matter of example 449-.

In example 456, the subject matter of example 449-455 includes wherein the device is a vehicle terminal device within a mobile vehicle and the measurement information includes a current location of the mobile vehicle.

In example 457, the subject matter of example 456 includes means for estimating a future location of the mobile vehicle based on the current location; and means for selecting a second intermediate node of the one or more intermediate nodes based on proximity of the node to the future location; and means for establishing the new communication link with the second intermediate node.

In example 458, the subject matter of example 456 and 457 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains includes at least one antenna array disposed at a first location of a first surface of the vehicle and at least another antenna array disposed at a second location of the first surface.

In example 459, the subject matter of example 458 includes wherein the first surface is a roof of the carrier.

In example 460, the subject matter of example 458-.

In example 461, the subject matter of example 456-460 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains includes at least one antenna array etched into a front windshield of the carrier.

In example 462, the subject matter of example 458 and example 461 includes wherein the at least one antenna array shares a front end module with a radar communication module of the vehicle.

In example 463, the subject matter of example 458 and 462 includes wherein the at least one antenna array uses a front end module that is separate from a front end module used by a radar communication module of the vehicle.

In example 464, the subject matter of example 449-463 includes wherein the second RAT communication link includes a first communication link between the communication device and the intermediate node, and a second communication link between the intermediate node and the node.

In example 465, the subject matter of example 449-464 includes means for maintaining the first RAT communication link active concurrently with the second RAT communication link.

In example 466, the subject matter of example 449-465 includes wherein the plurality of transceiver chains comprises an antenna array comprising a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to the plurality of available transceivers.

In example 467, the subject matter of example 466 includes wherein the first transceiver is to communicate with the node using the first RAT communication link and the first subset of MIMO antennas; and wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node using the second RAT communication link and a second subset of the MIMO antennas.

In example 468, the subject matter of example 449-467 includes wherein the second transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers communicates with the node using a communication link of a third RAT of the plurality of RATs and without using the one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 469, the subject matter of example 468 includes means for maintaining both the first RAT communication link and the third RAT communication link connected to the node at the same time.

In example 470, the subject matter of example 469 includes, wherein the first RAT communication link includes a data channel and the third RAT communication link includes a control channel to transmit control information.

In example 471, the subject matter of example 470 includes means for using at least a portion of the control information to control direct communication between a plurality of other nodes associated with the device in a communication framework, the direct communication using one or more RATs of the plurality of RATs, the one or more RATs different from the third RAT.

In example 472, the subject matter of example 471 includes wherein the communication framework is based on an LTE dual connectivity framework.

In example 473, the subject matter of example 449-472 includes means for designating the first RAT as a primary RAT and the second RAT as a secondary RAT based on one or more preferences associated with the carrier terminal device; and means for modifying the designation of the primary RAT and the secondary RAT based on the one or more preferences in response to a change in network environment.

In example 474, the subject matter of example 473 includes wherein the change in the network environment is a change in a mobility environment of the carrier terminal device.

In example 475, the subject matter of example 473-.

In example 476, the subject matter of example 473-475 includes wherein the first RAT and the second RAT are each specified from a plurality of RATs comprising: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio access technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio access technology; bluetooth radio access technology; IEEE802.11 radio access technology; LTE radio access technology; or 5G radio access technology.

In example 477, the subject matter of example 473 alongside 476 includes wherein the second transceiver communicates with the node via the communication link of the second RAT without using one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 478, the subject matter as described in example 473-477 includes wherein the preference includes a specification of one or more of: a desired data throughput, a cost factor, a mobility factor associated with the carrier terminal device, or a quality of service (QoS).

In example 479, the subject matter of example 473-478 includes, wherein the change in the network environment includes a change in a network load factor.

In example 480, the subject matter of example 369-; means for establishing a communication link with a second node using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceiver chains and a second RAT of the plurality of RATs; means for receiving first map data from the first node via the first RAT communication link; means for receiving second map data from the second node via the second RAT communication link; and means for generating updated map data associated with a current location of the device based on the first map data and the second map data.

In example 481, the subject matter of example 480 includes, wherein: the device is a carrier terminal device in a mobile carrier; the first node is a primary communication node; and the second node is a secondary communication node.

In example 482, the subject matter of example 481 includes means for receiving the first map data in a unicast message from the master communication node.

In example 483, the subject matter of example 481 and 482 comprises means for receiving the first map data in a broadcast message from the primary communication node, wherein the first map data is broadcast to the communication device and the secondary communication node.

In example 484, the subject matter of example 480-483 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are redundant.

In example 485, the subject matter of example 480-.

In example 486, the subject matter of example 369-485 includes wherein the first transceiver chain from the plurality of transceiver chains communicates with the infrastructure node using a communication link of a first RAT of the plurality of RATs, and wherein to complete the communication the apparatus comprises: means for decoding control information from the infrastructure node, the control information comprising vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) device discovery information; and means for establishing a new communication link with a second node based on the V2V device discovery information using a second transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains, wherein the second transceiver chain is configured to communicate with the second node using a communication link of a second RAT of the multi-RAT.

In example 487, the subject matter of example 486 includes wherein the second node is a line of sight (LOS) vehicle and the second RAT communication link is a V2V communication link based on one or more of a Wi-Fi direct connectivity framework, a Wi-Fi aware connectivity network, an LTE direct connectivity framework, or a 5G connectivity network.

In example 488, the subject matter as described in example 486-.

In example 489, the subject matter of example 486-.

In example 490, the subject matter of example 486-; and means for establishing another communication link with the second node via an intermediate node using a third transceiver chain of the plurality of transceiver chains based on the V2V device discovery information.

In example 491, the subject matter of example 490 includes wherein the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 492, the subject matter of example 490-491 includes means for decoding sensor data received from the intermediate node, wherein the sensor data originates from a non-line-of-sight (NLOS) vehicle in communication with the intermediate node.

In example 493, the subject matter as described in examples 490-492 includes means for encoding data for redundant transmission to the second node via both the direct V2V link and another communication link with the second node via the intermediate node.

In example 494, the subject matter of example 486-.

In example 495, the subject matter of example 490-494 includes wherein the second node and the intermediate node are cooperative vehicles that cooperate via a V2V link to improve one or more quality characteristics of at least one V2I link associated with the communication device.

In example 496, the subject matter of example 490-495 further comprising means for establishing a plurality of communication links with the intermediate node, each communication link with the intermediate node using a different RAT of the multiple RATs.

In example 497, the subject matter of example 486-.

In example 498, the subject matter of example 369-497 includes means for accessing a list of available RATs detected within range of the device; and means for determining to establish a new communication link with a selected RAT of the available RATs based on compatibility of transmission requirements of the device with the selected RAT.

In example 499, the subject matter of example 498 includes, wherein the requirement comprises one of: latency requirements, reliability requirements, throughput requirements, and requirements of applications executing on the device.

In example 500, the subject matter of example 498-499 includes means for selecting the selected RAT by accessing a database table indicating a relationship between the transmission requirement and at least one RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 501, the subject matter of example 500 includes, wherein the database table is stored at the device.

In example 502, the subject matter of example 500 and 501 includes wherein the database table is stored at the node.

In example 503, the subject matter of example 500-502 includes wherein the database table is populated by measurements of a set of parameters taken by at least one RAT.

In example 504, the subject matter of example 503 includes wherein the set of parameters to measure is indicated by the node.

In example 505, the subject matter of example 503 and example 504 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is indicated by the at least one device.

In example 506, the subject matter of example 503-505 includes wherein the set of parameters to be measured is divided between proximate devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 507, the subject matter of example 498-506 includes wherein the measurement information includes Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) characterizing RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 508, the subject matter of example 507 includes wherein the KPI includes at least two of: latency, congestion level, load, voice support, supported data rates, range, power level, frequency band covered, signal conditions, coexistence capability, encryption capability, and spectrum access method.

In example 509, the subject matter as described in example 508 includes wherein the KPI further includes an indication of a time at which the respective RAT is expected to be turned off.

In example 510, the subject matter of example 500-509 comprises wherein the database table comprises at least one validity indicator field to indicate a measure of trustworthiness.

In example 511, the subject matter of example 510 includes, wherein the credibility is based on at least one of: the position of the corresponding measurement is taken, and the time period of the corresponding measurement is taken.

In example 512, the subject matter of example 498-511 includes means for terminating use of the RAT after detecting that operating conditions of the RAT have degraded below a threshold.

In example 513, the subject matter of example 498-512 includes means for determining to establish a set of communication links with the selected set of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 514, the subject matter of example 513 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on a range KPI of a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 515, the subject matter of example 513-514 includes wherein the selected set of RATs is selected based on susceptibility to depth shadowing of a RAT in the list of available RATs.

In example 516, the subject matter of example 498-515 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by the node.

In example 517, the subject matter of example 498-516 includes wherein the list of available RATs is provided by neighboring devices using device-to-device (D2D) communication.

In example 518, the subject matter of example 498-517 includes means for encoding a request to use a RAT in the list of available RATs for transmission to the node.

In example 519, the subject matter of example 518 includes means for encoding a request to send to the node to use a set of RATs in the list of available RATs.

In example 520, the subject matter of example 498-519 includes means for enabling RAT hopping by selecting a first RAT for transmission of a first portion of a transmission and selecting a second RAT for transmission of a second portion of the transmission.

In example 521, the subject matter of example 520 includes means for selecting the first RAT for a control portion of a transmission; and means for selecting the second RAT for the transmitted data portion.

Example 522 is a communication device for vehicular radio communication, the communication device comprising: a plurality of transceivers, wherein each transceiver is configured to operate on a carrier radio communication technology of a plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies, and wherein the plurality of transceivers are interconnected via a convergence function; and one or more processors configured to: establishing a connection with a second communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and a first vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; receiving, via a convergence function at the second communication device, credential information associated with an active communication link between the second communication device and a third communication device, the active communication link using a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; and establishing a communication link with the third communication device based on the credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 523, the subject matter of example 522 includes wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: an inter-convergence-function interface is established between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 524, the subject matter of example 523 includes, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: receiving device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface; and requesting the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 525, the subject matter of example 522-524 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 526, the subject matter as described in example 522-525 includes wherein the convergence function includes a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 527, the subject matter of example 526 includes wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies upon detecting an incompatibility between at least one of the plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device and at least one of the plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device.

In example 528, the subject matter as described in example 522-527 includes wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 529, the subject matter of example 528 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, an LTE radio communication technology, or a 5G radio communication technology.

In example 530, the subject matter of example 522-529 includes wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: receiving, via an inter-convergence-function interface between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device, an acknowledgement that a communication link between the second communication device and the third communication device is deactivated.

In example 531, the subject matter of example 530 includes, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device upon receiving the acknowledgement.

In example 532, the subject matter of example 522-531 includes wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: establishing the connection with the second communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 533, the subject matter of example 522-532 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the second communication device to operate with the second vehicle radio communication technology.

In example 534, the subject matter of example 533 includes wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers to operate as a hotspot based on the received credential information.

In example 535, the subject matter of example 534 includes, wherein the one or more processors are further configured to: establishing a communication link between a convergence function at the communication device and a second transceiver at the second communication device via a convergence function of the second communication device.

In example 536, the subject matter of example 535 includes wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

Example 537 is a method for performing vehicular radio communication, the method comprising: by a communication device: establishing a connection with a second communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and a first vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; receiving, via a convergence function at the second communication device, credential information associated with an active communication link between the second communication device and a third communication device, the active communication link using a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; and establishing a communication link with the third communication device based on the credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 538, the subject matter of example 537 includes establishing an inter-convergence function interface between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 539, the subject matter of example 538 includes receiving, via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface, device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device; and requesting the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 540, the subject matter of example 537-539 includes wherein the convergence function comprises convergence function components in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies.

In example 541, the subject matter as described in example 537 and 540 includes wherein the convergence function comprises a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 542, the subject matter of example 541 includes dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to at least one of the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies upon detecting an incompatibility between the at least one of the plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device and the at least one of the plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device.

In example 543, the subject matter of example 537- > 542 includes wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 544, the subject matter of example 543 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology or a cellular radio communication technology.

In example 545, the subject matter of example 537- > 544 includes receiving an acknowledgement that a communication link between the second communication device and the third communication device is deactivated via an inter-convergence function interface between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 546, the subject matter of example 545 comprises, after receiving the acknowledgement, establishing the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 547, the subject matter of example 537-546 includes establishing the connection with the second communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 548, the subject matter of example 537-547 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the second communication device to operate with the second carrier radio communication technology.

In example 549, the subject matter of example 548 includes activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers to operate as a hotspot based on the received credential information.

In example 550, the subject matter of example 549 includes establishing, via the convergence function of the second communication device, a communication link between the convergence function at the communication device and a second transceiver at the second communication device.

In example 551, the subject matter of example 550 includes, wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

Example 552 is a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the method of any of examples 537 to 551.

Example 553 is a communication apparatus for vehicle radio communication, the communication apparatus comprising: a plurality of transceivers, wherein each transceiver is configured to operate in one of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; a communication interface between the plurality of transceivers, the communication interface comprising a vehicle-to-anything (V2X) convergence protocol layer common to the plurality of transceivers; and one or more processors configured to: establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers; receiving congestion information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device at the V2X convergence protocol layer; and adjusting one or more channel access parameters of a non-cellular communication channel associated with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers based on the congestion information.

In example 554, the subject matter of example 553 includes, wherein the one or more processors are configured to: adjusting a transmit power of the second transceiver based on the congestion information.

In example 555, the subject matter of example 553-554 comprises, wherein the congestion information is received via a V2X convergence protocol layer of the second communication device.

In example 556, the subject matter of example 555 includes wherein the V2X convergence protocol layer of the second communication device provides a common interface between the plurality of transceivers at the second communication device.

In example 557, the subject matter as described in example 553 and 556 includes, wherein: the non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver is an IEEE802.11 communication channel between an 802.11 Station (STA) and the communication device; and the second communication device is associated with a second STA that provides a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device.

In example 558, the subject matter of example 557 includes, wherein the one or more processors are configured to: switching a non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver from the first STA to the second STA based on the congestion information.

Example 559 is an apparatus for performing vehicular radio communication, the apparatus comprising: means for establishing a connection with a second communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and a first vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; means for receiving, via a convergence function at the second communication device, credential information associated with an active communication link between the second communication device and a third communication device, the active communication link using a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies; and means for establishing a communication link with the third communication device based on the credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 560, the subject matter of example 559 includes means for establishing an inter-convergence function interface between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 561, the subject matter of example 560 includes means for receiving, via the established connection and the inter-convergence-function interface, device capability information indicating carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device; and means for requesting the credential information upon determining that the second vehicle radio communication technology is available at both the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 562, the subject matter of example 559-561 includes, wherein the convergence function comprises a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers, the plurality of MAC layers corresponding to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 563, the subject matter as described in example 559-562 includes wherein the convergence function includes a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 564, the subject matter of example 563 includes means for dynamically placing the convergence function as a MAC layer common to at least one of a plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies at the communication device upon detecting an incompatibility between the at least one of the plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the communication device and the at least one of a plurality of carrier radio communication technologies available at the second communication device.

In example 565, the subject matter of example 559-564 includes wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 566, the subject matter of example 565 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology or a cellular radio communication technology.

In example 567, the subject matter of example 559 and 566 includes means for receiving an acknowledgement that a communication link between the second communication device and the third communication device is deactivated via an inter-convergence function interface between the convergence function at the communication device and the convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 568, the subject matter of example 567 includes means for establishing, upon receiving the acknowledgement, the communication link with the third communication device based on credential information received via a convergence function at the second communication device.

In example 569, the subject matter of example 559-568 includes means for establishing the connection with the second communication device using a hardwired docked connection between the communication device and the second communication device.

In example 570, the subject matter of example 559-569 includes wherein the credential information is associated with activating a transceiver at the second communication device to operate with the second vehicle radio communication technology.

In example 571, the subject matter of example 570 includes means for activating a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers to operate as a hotspot based on the received credential information.

In example 572, the subject matter of example 571 includes means for establishing a communication link between a convergence function at the communication device and a second transceiver at the second communication device via the convergence function of the second communication device.

In example 573, the subject matter of example 572 includes wherein the second transceiver at the second communication device is configured to operate as an LTE backhaul for the hotspot.

Example 574 is a method for vehicular radio communication, the method comprising: by a communication device: establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers; receiving congestion information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device at a convergence protocol layer, wherein the convergence protocol layer is common to the plurality of transceivers; and adjusting one or more channel access parameters of a non-cellular communication channel associated with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers based on the congestion information.

In example 575, the subject matter of example 574 includes adjusting the transmit power of the second transceiver based on the congestion information.

In example 576, the subject matter of example 574-575 includes receiving the congestion information via a convergence protocol layer of the second communication device.

In example 577, the subject matter of example 576 includes wherein the convergence protocol layer of the second communication device provides a common interface between the plurality of transceivers at the second communication device.

In example 578, the subject matter of example 574-577 includes, wherein: the non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver is an IEEE802.11 communication channel between an 802.11 Station (STA) and the communication device; and the second communication device is associated with a second STA that provides a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device.

In example 579, the subject matter of example 578 includes switching a non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver from the first STA to the second STA based on the received congestion information.

Example 580 is a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the method of any one of examples 574 to 579.

Example 581 is an apparatus for vehicle radio communication, the apparatus comprising: means for establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers; means for receiving congestion information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device at a convergence protocol layer, wherein the convergence protocol layer is common to the plurality of transceivers; and means for adjusting one or more channel access parameters of a non-cellular communication channel associated with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers based on the congestion information.

In example 582, the subject matter of example 581 includes means for adjusting the transmit power of the second transceiver based on the congestion information.

In example 583, the subject matter of example 581-19 582 includes means for receiving the congestion information via a convergence protocol layer of the second communication device.

In example 584, the subject matter of example 583 includes wherein the convergence protocol layer of the second communication device provides a common interface between a plurality of transceivers at the second communication device.

In example 585, the subject matter of example 581-: the non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver is an IEEE802.11 communication channel between an 802.11 Station (STA) and the communication device; and the second communication device is associated with a second STA that provides a non-cellular communication channel of the second communication device.

In example 586, the subject matter of example 585 includes means for switching a non-cellular communication channel associated with the second transceiver from the first STA to the second STA based on the received congestion information.

Example 587 is a communication apparatus for vehicular radio communication, the communication apparatus comprising: a plurality of transceivers, wherein each transceiver is configured to operate in one of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; a communication interface between the plurality of transceivers, the communication interface comprising a vehicle-to-anything (V2X) convergence protocol layer common to the plurality of transceivers; and one or more processors configured to: establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers; receiving credential information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the communication device at the V2X convergence protocol layer; and establishing, with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and based on the received credential information, a communication link with a third communication device over the non-cellular communication channel.

In example 588, the subject matter of example 587 includes wherein the second communication device is a roadside unit (RSU) and the third communication device is an IEEE802.11 Station (STA).

In example 589, the subject matter of example 587 plus 588 includes wherein the communication link with the third communication device is a continuous service application link.

In example 590, the subject matter of example 587-589 includes wherein the credential information comprises a digital certificate for accessing the continuous service application.

Example 591 is a method for vehicular radio communication, the method comprising: establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers; receiving, at a convergence protocol layer common to the plurality of transceivers, credential information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the communication device; and establishing, with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and based on the received credential information, a communication link with a third communication device over the non-cellular communication channel.

In example 592, the subject matter of example 591 includes transmitting, via the convergence protocol layer, the received credential information to the second transceiver.

In example 593, the subject matter of example 591-592 includes activating the second transceiver from a low power state upon receiving the credential information.

Example 594 is a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the method of any one of examples 591-593.

Example 595 is an apparatus for vehicular radio communication, the apparatus comprising: means for establishing a cellular communication link with a second communication device using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers; means for receiving credential information associated with a non-cellular communication channel of the communication device at a convergence protocol layer common to the plurality of transceivers; and means for establishing, with a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and based on the received credential information, a communication link with a third communication device over the non-cellular communication channel.

In example 596, the subject matter of example 595 includes means for transmitting the received credential information to the second transceiver via the convergence protocol layer.

In example 597, the subject matter of example 595-596 includes means for activating the second transceiver from a low power state after receiving the credential information.

Example 598 is a communication apparatus for vehicular radio communication, the communication apparatus comprising: a plurality of transceivers, wherein each transceiver is configured to operate in one of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; a communication interface between the plurality of transceivers, the communication interface including a convergence function common to the plurality of transceivers; and one or more processors configured to: receiving first positioning information via a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a first vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; receiving second positioning information via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; and determining a location estimate for the location of the communication device based on the first location information and the second location information using the convergence function.

In example 599, the subject matter of example 598 includes, wherein the convergence function includes a convergence function component in each of a plurality of Medium Access Control (MAC) layers corresponding to the plurality of available vehicle radio communication technologies.

In example 600, the subject matter as described in example 598-599 includes wherein the convergence function includes a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer common to the plurality of available carrier radio communication technologies.

In example 601, the subject matter of example 598-600 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies includes: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 602, the subject matter of example 601 includes wherein the first vehicle radio communication technology is a bluetooth radio communication technology and the second vehicle radio communication technology is an IEEE802.11 radio communication technology, an LTE radio communication technology, or a 5G radio communication technology.

In example 603, the subject matter of example 598-602 includes, wherein the first positioning information is first raw measurement information received from a second communication device via the first transceiver.

In example 604, the subject matter of example 603 includes wherein the second positioning information is second raw measurement information received from a third communication device via the second transceiver.

In example 605, the subject matter of example 604 includes, wherein the one or more processors are configured to: determining, with the convergence function, the location estimate based on the first raw measurement information and the second raw measurement information.

In example 606, the subject matter of example 598-605 includes wherein the first positioning information is a location estimate of the communication device received from a second communication device via the first transceiver.

In example 607, the subject matter of example 606 includes, wherein the one or more processors are configured to: decoding a request for a location of the communication device from a third communication device, the request received via the second transceiver.

In example 608, the subject matter of example 607 includes, wherein the one or more processors are configured to: in response to the request, encode a position estimate of the communication device received from the second communication device via the first transceiver for transmission via the second transceiver.

Example 609 is a method for vehicular radio communication, the method comprising: by a communication device comprising a plurality of transceivers coupled with a common convergence function via a communication interface: receiving first positioning information via a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a first vehicle radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; receiving second positioning information via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; and determining a location estimate for the location of the communication device based on the first location information and the second location information using the convergence function.

In example 610, the subject matter of example 609 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 611, the subject matter of example 609-.

In example 612, the subject matter of example 611 includes wherein the second positioning information is second raw measurement information received from a third communication device via the second transceiver.

In example 613, the subject matter of example 612 includes determining, with the convergence function, the location estimate based on the first and second raw measurement information.

In example 614, the subject matter of example 609-.

In example 615, the subject matter of example 614 includes decoding a request for the location of the communication device from a third communication device, the request received via the second transceiver.

In example 616, the subject matter of example 615 includes, in response to the request, encoding the location estimate of the communication device received from the second communication device via the first transceiver for transmission via the second transceiver.

Example 617 is a non-transitory computer-readable medium storing instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the processor to perform the method of any one of examples 609 to 616.

Example 618 is an apparatus, comprising: a plurality of transceivers coupled with a common convergence function via a communication interface; means for receiving first positioning information via a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a first vehicle radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; means for receiving second positioning information via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies; and means for determining a location estimate for the location of the communication device based on the first location information and the second location information using the convergence function.

In example 619, the subject matter of example 618 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 620, the subject matter of example 618 and 619 includes wherein the first positioning information is first raw measurement information received from a second communication device via the first transceiver.

In example 621, the subject matter of example 620 includes, wherein the second positioning information is second raw measurement information received from a third communication device via the second transceiver.

In example 622, the subject matter of example 621 includes means for determining, with the convergence function, the location estimate based on the first raw measurement information and the second raw measurement information.

In example 623, the subject matter of example 618 and 622 includes, wherein the first positioning information is a location estimate of the communication device received from a second communication device via the first transceiver.

In example 624, the subject matter of example 623 includes means for decoding a request for the location of the communication device from a third communication device, the request received via the second transceiver.

In example 625, the subject matter of example 624 includes means for encoding, in response to the request, a location estimate of the communication device received from the second communication device via the first transceiver for transmission via the second transceiver.

Example 626 is a method for vehicle radio communication, the method comprising: by a communication device comprising a plurality of transceivers coupled with a common convergence function via a communication interface: receiving, via a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating in a first vehicle radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies, first estimated information indicating available bandwidth at a second communication device operating in accordance with the first vehicle radio communication technology; receiving, via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating in a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies, second estimated information indicating an available bandwidth at a third communication device operating in accordance with the second vehicle radio communication technology; determining, with the convergence function, transmission scheduling information for communicating with the second communication device and a third communication device based on the received first estimation information and second estimation information; and transmitting the scheduling information to the second communication device and a third communication device via the common convergence function.

In example 627, the subject matter of example 626 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 628, the subject matter of example 626-627 includes wherein the first estimate information comprises interference estimate information measured at the second communication device.

In example 629, the subject matter of example 626-628 comprises, wherein the second estimation information comprises interference estimation information measured at the third communication device.

In example 630, the subject matter of example 626-629 includes transmitting the scheduling information to the first transceiver and the second transceiver via the common convergence function.

Example 631 is an apparatus for vehicular radio communication, the apparatus comprising: a plurality of transceivers coupled with a common convergence function via a communication interface; means for receiving first estimated information via a first transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating on a first vehicle radio communication technology of a plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies, the first estimated information indicating an available bandwidth at a second communication device operating according to the first vehicle radio communication technology; means for receiving second estimated information via a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers operating in a second vehicle radio communication technology of the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies, the second estimated information indicating an available bandwidth at a third communication device operating in accordance with the second vehicle radio communication technology; means for determining transmission scheduling information for communicating with the second communication device and a third communication device using the convergence function based on the received first estimation information and second estimation information; and means for transmitting the scheduling information to the second and third communication devices via the common convergence function.

In example 632, the subject matter of example 631 includes, wherein the plurality of vehicle radio communication technologies comprises: dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) radio communication technology; wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) radio communication technology; bluetooth radio communication technology; IEEE 802.11 radio communication technology; LTE radio communication technology; and 5G radio communication technology.

In example 633, the subject matter of example 631 and 632 includes, wherein the first estimation information comprises interference estimation information measured at the second communication device.

In example 634, the subject matter of example 631 and 633 includes wherein the second estimation information includes interference estimation information measured at the third communication device.

In example 635, the subject matter of example 631 and 634 includes means for transmitting the scheduling information to the first transceiver and the second transceiver via the common convergence function.

Example 636 is a wireless vehicle communication system, comprising: a carrier terminal device comprising a plurality of transceivers, wherein each transceiver is configured to operate in one of a plurality of available Radio Access Technologies (RATs); and a primary communication node comprising a hardware processor configured to: receiving measurement information from the carrier terminal device via a first multi-radio communication link associated with at least a first RAT of the plurality of available RATs; configuring a secondary communication node to communicate with the vehicle terminal device via a second multi-radio communication link; and encoding configuration information associated with the secondary communication node for sending to the vehicle terminal device, the configuration information for establishing a third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the vehicle terminal device.

In example 637, the subject matter of example 636 includes wherein each of the first, second, and third multi-radio communication links is configured to use one or more of the plurality of available RATs.

In example 638, the subject matter as in example 636-637 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link is a 3GPP carrier aggregation communication link and the hardware processor is an evolved node b (enb) Radio Resource Controller (RRC).

In example 639, the subject matter of example 636-638 includes wherein the measurement information includes vehicle location information associated with the vehicle terminal device.

In example 640, the subject matter of example 639 includes wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: estimating a future vehicle location associated with the vehicle terminal device based on the vehicle location information; and selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on the estimated future vehicle position.

In example 641, the subject matter of example 636-640 includes wherein the measurement information includes channel quality information for one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device, the one or more available channels associated with at least one of the plurality of RATs.

In example 642, the subject matter of example 641 includes wherein, to configure the secondary communication node, the hardware processor is further configured to: selecting the secondary communication node from a plurality of nodes based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the vehicle end device.

In example 643, the subject matter of example 642 includes wherein, to configure the secondary communication node, the hardware processor is further configured to: encode, for sending to the secondary communication node, an indication of one of the plurality of available RATs that is selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device based on channel quality information of one or more available channels at the carrier terminal device.

In example 644, the subject matter of example 643 includes wherein the configuration information associated with the secondary communication node includes an indication of a RAT selected for the third multi-radio communication link between the secondary communication node and the carrier terminal device.

In example 645, the subject matter of example 636-644 includes wherein the primary communication node is an evolved node b (enb) and the secondary communication node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 646, the subject matter of example 636-645 includes wherein the carrier terminal device is configured for dual connectivity with the primary communication node and the secondary communication node.

In example 647, the subject matter of example 646 includes wherein the first multi-radio communication link and the third multi-radio communication link are simultaneously active during the dual connectivity.

In example 648, the subject matter of example 647 includes wherein, during the dual connectivity, the first multi-radio communication link is used for data communications and the third multi-radio communication link is used for communications of control information.

In example 649, the subject matter of example 647-648 includes wherein the second multi-radio communication link is a backhaul data connection for the first multi-radio communication link between the carrier terminal device and the master communication node.

In example 650, the subject matter of example 636-649 includes, wherein the plurality of RATs includes: a Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC) RAT; a Wireless Access Vehicle Environment (WAVE) RAT; a Bluetooth RAT; IEEE 802.11 RAT; an LTE RAT; and 5 GRAT.

In example 651, the subject matter of example 636-650 includes wherein the measurement information from the carrier terminal device includes measurement information about a plurality of nodes accessible to the carrier terminal device.

In example 652, the subject matter of example 651 includes, wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: selecting the secondary communication node from the plurality of nodes to communicate with the vehicle terminal device based on the measurement information.

In example 653, the subject matter as described in example 636-652 comprises wherein the plurality of transceivers are interconnected via a convergence function.

In example 654, the subject matter of example 653 includes, wherein the convergence function is configured to: establishing the third multi-radio communication link between the vehicle terminal device and the secondary communication node based on the current location of the vehicle terminal device.

In example 655, the subject matter of example 636-654 includes wherein the hardware processor is further configured to: receiving measurement information for the vehicle terminal device from the secondary communication node via the second multi-radio communication link.

In example 656, the subject matter of example 636-655 includes wherein each of the first multi-radio communication link, the second multi-radio communication link, and the third multi-radio communication link is configured to use a same one of the plurality of available RATs on different communication frequencies.

Example 657 is a communication device for radio communication using multiple RATs (multi-RAT), the communication device comprising: a first transceiver of a plurality of available transceivers configured to communicate with a node using a communication link of a first RAT of the multiple RATs; a second transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers configured to communicate with the node using one or more intermediate nodes and a communication link of a second RAT of the multiple RATs; and a multi-RAT coordination processor configured to: decoding measurement information received from the node, the measurement information indicating a channel quality of the first RAT communication link; and determining to establish a new communication link with the one or more intermediate nodes based on the decoded measurement information.

In example 658, the subject matter of example 657 includes wherein the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using one or more other intermediate nodes and the first RAT communication link.

In example 659, the subject matter of example 657 and 658 includes a third transceiver of the plurality of transceivers configured to communicate with the node using the new communication link, the new communication link being one of the first RAT, the second RAT, or the third RAT of the multi-RAT.

In example 660, the subject matter as described in examples 657 and 659 includes, wherein: the node is a User Equipment (UE); and the multi-RAT coordination processor is a Radio Resource Controller (RRC) of an evolved node b (enb).

In example 661, the subject matter as described in example 657-660 includes wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor comprises: a vehicle-to-anything (V2X) convergence function that provides a common interface between the plurality of transceivers.

In example 662, the subject matter of example 661 includes, wherein the V2X convergence function is configured to: communicate with a V2X convergence function of the node via the first RAT communication link; and communicate with the V2X convergence function of the one or more intermediate nodes via the second RAT communication link.

In example 663, the subject matter as described in example 657 and 662 includes wherein the node is an eNB and the intermediate node is an RSU.

In example 664, the subject matter of example 657-663 includes, wherein the communication device is a vehicle terminal device within a mobile vehicle, and the measurement information includes a current location of the mobile vehicle.

In example 665, the subject matter of example 664 includes wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: estimating a future position of the mobile vehicle based on the current position; and selecting a second intermediate node of the one or more intermediate nodes based on proximity of the node to the future location; and establishing the new communication link with the second intermediate node.

In example 666, the subject matter of example 657-665 includes wherein the second RAT communication link includes a first communication link between the communication device and the intermediate node, and a second communication link between the intermediate node and the node.

In example 667, the subject matter as described in example 657- > 666 includes wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: maintaining the first RAT communication link active concurrently with the second RAT communication link.

In example 668, the subject matter as described in examples 657-667 includes an antenna array comprising a plurality of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antennas coupled to the plurality of available transceivers.

In example 669, the subject matter of example 668 includes, wherein: the first transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using the first RAT communication link and a first subset of the MIMO antennas; and the second transceiver is configured to communicate with the node using the second RAT communication link and a second subset of the MIMO antennas.

In example 670, the subject matter of example 657-669 includes wherein the second transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers is configured to communicate with the node using a communication link of a third RAT of the multi-RAT and without using the one or more intermediate nodes.

In example 671, the subject matter of example 670 includes wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: maintaining both the first RAT communication link and the third RAT communication link simultaneously connected to the node.

In example 672, the subject matter of example 671 includes wherein the first RAT communication link comprises a data channel and the third RAT communication link comprises a control channel for transmitting control information.

In example 673, the subject matter of example 672 includes, wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: controlling, using at least a portion of the control information, direct communication between a plurality of other nodes associated with the communication device in a communication framework, the direct communication using one or more of the multiple RATs, the one or more RATs being different from the third RAT.

In example 674, the subject matter of example 673 includes wherein the communication framework is based on an LTE dual connectivity framework.

Example 675 is a method for performing vehicular radio communication with multiple RATs (multi-RAT), the method comprising: by a communication device: establishing a communication link with a first node using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers and a first RAT of the multiple RATs; establishing a communication link with a second node using a second transceiver of the plurality of transceivers and a second RAT of the multiple RATs; receiving first map data from the first node via the first RAT communication link; receiving second map data from the second node via the second RAT communication link; and generating updated map data associated with a current location of the communication device based on the first map data and the second map data.

In example 676, the subject matter of example 675 includes, wherein: the communication equipment is carrier terminal equipment in a mobile carrier; the first node is a primary communication node; and the second node is a secondary communication node.

In example 677, the subject matter of example 676 includes receiving the first map data from the primary communication node in a unicast message.

In example 678, the subject matter of example 676-677 includes receiving the first map data in a broadcast message from the primary communication node, wherein the first map data is broadcast to the communication device and the secondary communication node.

In example 679, the subject matter of example 675-678 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are redundant.

In example 680, the subject matter of example 675-679 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are not redundant, and the method comprises: combining the first map data and the second map data to generate updated map data.

Example 681 is an apparatus for performing vehicular radio communication with multiple RATs (multi-RAT), comprising: means for establishing a communication link with a first node using a first transceiver of a plurality of transceivers and a first RAT of the multiple RATs; means for establishing a communication link with a second node using a second transceiver of a plurality of transceivers and a second RAT of the multiple RATs; means for receiving first map data from the first node via the first RAT communication link; means for receiving second map data from the second node via the second RAT communication link; and means for generating updated map data associated with a current location of the communication device based on the first map data and the second map data.

In example 682, the subject matter of example 681 includes, wherein: the communication equipment is carrier terminal equipment in a mobile carrier; the first node is a primary communication node; and the second node is a secondary communication node.

In example 683, the subject matter of example 682 includes means for receiving the first map data in a unicast message from the primary correspondent node.

In example 684, the subject matter of example 682-683 comprises means for receiving the first map data in a broadcast message from the primary communication node, wherein the first map data is broadcast to the communication device and the secondary communication node.

In example 685, the subject matter of example 681-684 includes wherein the first map data and the second map data are redundant.

In example 686, the subject matter of example 681-685 includes, wherein the first map data and the second map data are not redundant, and the apparatus comprises: means for combining the first map data and the second map data to generate updated map data.

Example 687 is a communication device for radio communication using multiple RATs (multi-RAT), the communication device comprising: a first transceiver of a plurality of available transceivers configured to communicate with an infrastructure node using a communication link of a first RAT of the multiple RATs; and a multi-RAT coordination processor configured to: decoding control information from the infrastructure node, the control information including vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) device discovery information; and establishing a new communication link with a second node based on the V2V device discovery information using a second transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers, wherein the second transceiver is configured to communicate with the second node using a communication link of a second RAT of the multiple RATs.

In example 688, the subject matter of example 687 includes wherein the second node is a line of sight (LOS) vehicle and the second RAT communication link is a V2V communication link based on one or more of a Wi-Fi direct connectivity framework, a Wi-Fi aware connectivity network, an LTE direct connectivity framework, or a 5G connectivity network.

In example 689, the subject matter as described in examples 687-688 includes wherein the first RAT communication link is an LTE or 5G communication link and is configured to provide a control plane for managing V2V connectivity.

In example 690, the subject matter of example 687-689 includes wherein the control information from the infrastructure node further comprises V2V resource allocation and V2V synchronization information for facilitating establishment of the new communication link with the second node.

In example 691, the subject matter of example 687 and 690 includes, wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: establishing the new communication link with the second node as a direct V2V link; and establishing another communication link with the second node via an intermediate node using a third transceiver of the plurality of available transceivers based on the V2V device discovery information.

In example 692, the subject matter of example 691 includes wherein the intermediate node is a roadside unit (RSU).

In example 693, the subject matter of example 691-692 includes wherein the multi-RAT coordination processor is configured to: decoding sensor data received from the intermediate node, wherein the sensor data originates from a non line of sight (NLOS) vehicle in communication with the intermediate node.

In example 694, the subject matter of example 691-: encoding data for redundant transmission to the second node via both the direct V2V link and the other communication link with the second node via the intermediate node.

Example 695 is at least one machine readable medium comprising instructions that when executed by processing circuitry cause the processing circuitry to perform operations to implement any of examples 1-694.

Example 696 is an apparatus comprising means for implementing any of examples 1-694.

Example 697 is a system to implement any of examples 1-694.

Example 698 is a method to implement any of examples 1-694.

The publications, patents, and patent documents cited in this document are incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each were incorporated by reference. In the event of inconsistent usages between this document and those documents so incorporated by reference, the usage in the incorporated reference(s) is supplementary to that of this document; for irreconcilable inconsistencies, the usage in this document governs.

The above description is intended to be illustrative, and not restrictive. For example, the above-described examples (or one or more aspects thereof) may be used in combination with others. Other aspects may be used, for example, by one of ordinary skill in the art in view of the above description. The abstract is provided to allow the reader to quickly ascertain the nature of the technical disclosure. It is submitted with the following understanding: it is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or meaning of the claims. Additionally, in the foregoing detailed description, various features may be grouped together to streamline the disclosure. However, the claims may not recite each feature disclosed herein, as aspects may be featured in a subset of the features recited. Additionally, aspects may include fewer features than those disclosed in the particular examples. Thus the following claims are hereby incorporated into the detailed description, with a claim standing on its own as a separate aspect. The scope of the aspects disclosed herein should be determined with reference to the appended claims, along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled.

159页详细技术资料下载
上一篇:一种医用注射器针头装配设备
下一篇:发热装置

网友询问留言

已有0条留言

还没有人留言评论。精彩留言会获得点赞!

精彩留言,会给你点赞!